SlideShare a Scribd company logo
 
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Hosted	
  by:	
  
Information	
  Needs,	
  Seeking,	
  and	
  Use	
  (SIG	
  USE)	
  
	
  	
  
In	
  collaboration	
  with:	
  
Social	
  Informatics	
  (SIG	
  SI)	
  
SIGs	
  of	
  the	
  American	
  Society	
  for	
  Information	
  Science	
  &	
  Technology	
  
	
  
SIG	
  USE	
  
Research	
  
Symposium	
  
November	
  7	
  
2009	
  
This	
   symposium	
   will	
   offer	
   guided	
   reflection	
   on	
   essential	
   questions	
   around	
  
information	
   behavior	
   research	
   and	
   practice	
   in	
   social	
   and	
   collaborative	
  
information	
   environments:	
   Where	
   is	
   collaborative	
   information	
   behavior	
  
research	
  headed?	
  How	
  are	
  we	
  to	
  communicate	
  our	
  insights	
  to	
  researchers	
  and	
  
practitioners	
   in	
   related	
   areas	
   of	
   study	
   and	
   design?	
   How	
   can	
   and	
   should	
   our	
  
models,	
  theories	
  and	
  findings	
  inform	
  the	
  design	
  and	
  delivery	
  of	
  collaborative	
  
and	
  innovative	
  information	
  products	
  and	
  services?	
  
Collaborative	
  
Information	
  
Seeking	
  &	
  
Sharing	
  
 
1	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Special	
  thanks	
  to	
  Heather	
  Barahona	
  and	
  Will	
  Senn	
  for	
  their	
  work.	
  
	
  
Printing	
  Services	
  provided	
  courtesy	
  of:	
  
	
  
	
  
UNT	
  College	
  of	
  Information	
  
Word	
  Cloud	
  courtesy	
  of:	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Wordle.com	
  
 
2	
  
	
  
Welcome!	
  
We	
  enthusiastically	
  welcome	
  the	
  over	
  50	
  registered	
  attendees,	
  keynote	
  speakers,	
  members,	
  friends,	
  and	
  other	
  
officers	
  to	
  the	
  10th
	
  anniversary	
  research	
  symposium	
  on	
  Collaborative	
  Information	
  Seeking	
  and	
  Sharing	
  of	
  SIG	
  
USE.	
  	
  
This	
   symposium	
   offers	
   an	
   opportunity	
   for	
   SIG	
   USE,	
   as	
   well	
   as	
   other	
   SIG	
   members,	
   to	
   reflect	
   on	
   essential	
  
questions	
   around	
   information	
   behavior	
   research	
   and	
   practice	
   in	
   a	
   collaborative	
   context:	
   What	
   are	
   the	
  
fundamental	
   questions	
   that	
   we	
   should	
   be	
   looking	
   at	
   in	
   this	
   line	
   of	
   research?	
   How	
   are	
   we	
   to	
   move	
   towards	
  
making	
  greater	
  impacts	
  on	
  organizations	
  and	
  designers?	
  	
  
In	
  an	
  effort	
  to	
  consolidate	
  research	
  that	
  has	
  been	
  undertaken	
  by	
  attendees,	
  the	
  2009	
  SIG-­‐USE	
  Symposium	
  will	
  
engage	
   in	
   reflection	
   on	
   where	
   collaborative	
   information	
   behavior	
   research	
   is	
   headed.	
   Examining	
   the	
  
transformative	
  relationship	
  between	
  people	
  and	
  people,	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  people	
  and	
  information,	
  is	
  at	
  the	
  heart	
  of	
  
information	
   behavior	
   research.	
   Taking	
   a	
   people-­‐centered	
   focus	
   to	
   our	
   inquiries,	
   we	
   have	
   amassed	
  
understandings	
  about	
  the	
  way	
  people	
  work	
  with	
  information,	
  information	
  systems	
  and	
  the	
  people	
  with	
  whom	
  
they	
  interact	
  in	
  the	
  process	
  of	
  information	
  seeking	
  and	
  sharing.	
  	
  
Communicating	
  these	
  insights	
  to	
  researchers	
  and	
  practitioners	
  in	
  related	
  areas	
  of	
  study	
  and	
  design,	
  however,	
  
continues	
   to	
   pose	
   a	
   challenge	
   for	
   our	
   community.	
   Thus,	
   the	
   reflective	
   moment	
   to	
   be	
   offered	
   by	
   this	
   year’s	
  
Symposium	
   will	
   be	
   used	
   to	
   consider	
   the	
   challenge	
   of	
   communicating	
   the	
   significance	
   of	
   USE	
   research	
   to	
  
designers	
  of	
  products,	
  systems	
  and	
  services.	
  	
  
This	
  year’s	
  symposium	
  is	
  also	
  to	
  be	
  used	
  as	
  another	
  opportunity	
  to	
  bring	
  together	
  researchers	
  in	
  two	
  SIGs	
  (SIG	
  
USE	
   and	
   SIG	
   SI)	
   to	
   explore	
   potential	
   synergies	
   between	
   the	
   research	
   interests	
   of	
   the	
   two	
   communities.	
   An	
  
afternoon	
  session	
  is	
  requested	
  so	
  that	
  the	
  USE	
  symposium	
  can	
  follow	
  a	
  networking	
  lunch	
  run	
  jointly	
  by	
  SIG-­‐USE	
  
and	
  SIG-­‐SI	
  (who	
  are	
  running	
  a	
  morning	
  symposium).	
  	
  
Please	
  visit	
  our	
  wiki	
  for	
  updated	
  information:	
  http://www.asis.org/wiki/AM09/index.php/Siguse	
  
Symposium	
  Organizers:	
  	
  
Nadia	
  Caidi,	
  University	
  of	
  Toronto,	
  Canada	
  
Guillermo	
  Oyarce,	
  University	
  of	
  North	
  Texas	
  
Soo	
  Young	
  Rieh,	
  University	
  of	
  Michigan	
  
	
  
Stay	
  connected	
  with	
  SIG	
  USE	
  during	
  and	
  after	
  the	
  conference!	
  
SIG	
  USE	
  now	
  has	
  a	
  space	
  in	
  Second	
  Life	
  on	
  ASIS&T	
  Island.	
  Find	
  colleagues	
  in	
  our	
  Facebook	
  group	
  (SIG	
  USE),	
  
contribute	
  your	
  photos	
  to	
  our	
  Flickr	
  area,	
  or	
  follow	
  us	
  on	
  Twitter.	
  Look	
  for	
  upcoming	
  events	
  on	
  our	
  SIG	
  USE	
  web	
  
site,	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  links	
  to	
  all	
  of	
  the	
  above	
  social	
  networking	
  tools:	
  	
  http://siguse.org.	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
   	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
 
3	
  
	
  
Symposium	
  Agenda	
  
	
  
	
  
Saturday,	
  November	
  7,	
  2009	
  
	
  
12:30	
  –	
  1:30	
   Networking	
  lunch	
  with	
  SIG	
  SI	
  (location	
  TBD)	
  
1:30	
  –	
  1:40	
  	
   Introduction	
  and	
  logistics	
  	
  
1:40	
  –	
  1:55	
   Award	
  presentations	
  
1:55	
  –	
  2:10	
  	
   Talk	
  by	
  Ya-­‐Ling	
  Lu,	
  2009	
  Chatman	
  Research	
  Proposal	
  Award	
  Winner	
  	
  
2:10	
  –	
  2:40	
   Keynote	
  speech	
  1:	
  Diane	
  Sonnenwald	
  	
  
2:40	
  –	
  3:40	
   Small	
  group	
  discussion	
  session	
  1	
  and	
  reporting	
  	
  
1. How	
  does	
  our	
  research	
  address	
  the	
  transformative	
  relationship	
  between	
  
people	
  and	
  information?	
  
	
  
2. What	
  are	
  the	
  fundamental	
  questions	
  that	
  we	
  should	
  be	
  looking	
  at	
  in	
  our	
  
research?	
  
	
  
3:40	
  –	
  4:00	
   Break	
  
4:00	
  –	
  4:30	
   Keynote	
  speech	
  2:	
  David	
  McDonald	
  	
  
4:30	
  –	
  5:30	
   Small	
  group	
  discussion	
  session	
  2	
  and	
  reporting	
  
3. How	
  are	
  we	
  to	
  move	
  towards	
  making	
  a	
  greater	
  impact	
  on	
  organizations	
  and	
  
designers?	
  
	
  
4. How	
  can	
  or	
  should	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior	
  research	
  be	
  presented	
  
to	
  translate	
  effectively	
  into	
  the	
  language	
  of	
  other	
  information	
  research	
  
communities?	
  
	
  
5:30	
  –	
  6:00	
   Wrap-­‐up	
  by/with	
  keynote	
  speakers	
  and	
  conclusions	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
 
4	
  
	
  
Speakers	
  
Elfreda	
  A.	
  Chatman	
  Research	
  Proposal	
  recipient	
  for	
  2008:	
  Ya-­‐Ling	
  Lu	
  	
  
Children’s	
  Information	
  Behaviors	
  in	
  Coping	
  with	
  Daily	
  Life	
  
	
  
This	
  project	
  examines	
  children’s	
  information	
  behaviors	
  in	
  coping	
  with	
  their	
  daily-­‐life	
  problems	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  factors	
  
that	
  influence	
  their	
  information	
  seeking	
  in	
  this	
  coping	
  context.	
  Data	
  was	
  collected	
  through	
  semi-­‐structured,	
  
open-­‐ended	
  surveys.	
  The	
  sample	
  consisted	
  of	
  641	
  children,	
  including	
  335	
  girls	
  and	
  321	
  boys,	
  in	
  fifth-­‐	
  and	
  sixth-­‐
grade	
  classrooms	
  from	
  an	
  urban	
  public	
  elementary	
  school	
  in	
  Taiwan.	
  This	
  study	
  found	
  that	
  in	
  coping	
  with	
  daily-­‐
life	
  problems	
  nearly	
  2/3	
  of	
  the	
  participating	
  children	
  would	
  seek	
  information,	
  that	
  6th	
  graders	
  were	
  more	
  likely	
  
to	
  do	
  so,	
  and	
  that	
  gender	
  did	
  not	
  make	
  information	
  seeking	
  more	
  (or	
  less)	
  probable	
  in	
  this	
  coping	
  context.	
  Data	
  
from	
  this	
  study	
  also	
  revealed	
  five	
  major	
  different	
  information	
  seeking	
  behaviors	
  related	
  to	
  coping:	
  information	
  
seeking	
  for	
  problem	
  solving,	
  information	
  seeking	
  for	
  escape,	
  information	
  seeking	
  for	
  a	
  transition,	
  information	
  
seeking	
  to	
  change	
  mood,	
  and	
  information	
  avoidance.	
  Because	
  children	
  aim	
  at	
  different	
  goals,	
  the	
  types	
  of	
  
information	
  they	
  need	
  vary.	
  
	
  
Keynote:	
  Diane	
  Sonnenwald	
  
Head	
  of	
  School	
  &	
  Professor	
  at	
  School	
  of	
  information	
  and	
  Library	
  Studies,	
  UCD,	
  Dublin,	
  Ireland	
  
Collaborating	
  with	
  Other	
  Disciplines:	
  Joys	
  and	
  Perils	
  
Drawing	
   on	
   over	
   a	
   decade	
   of	
   collaboration	
   with	
   computer	
   scientists,	
   chemists	
   and	
   researchers	
   in	
   other	
  
disciplines	
  while	
  conducting	
  research	
  on	
  collaboration	
  and	
  the	
  design	
  and	
  evaluation	
  of	
  collaboration	
  practices	
  
and	
  technology,	
  Diane	
  will	
  share	
  insights	
  gained	
  from	
  her	
  research	
  regarding	
  the	
  challenges,	
  opportunities	
  and	
  
new	
  ways	
  of	
  conducting	
  multidisciplinary	
  research	
  to	
  facilitate	
  information	
  sharing	
  and	
  knowledge	
  transfer	
  to	
  
better	
   enable	
   our	
   models,	
   theories	
   and	
   findings	
   to	
   inform	
   the	
   design	
   and	
   implementation	
   of	
   collaboration	
  
technology.	
  Personal	
  examples	
  of	
  successes	
  and	
  challenges	
  will	
  be	
  presented.	
  
Diane	
  H.	
  Sonnenwald	
  is	
  Head	
  of	
  School	
  and	
  Professor	
  at	
  the	
  School	
  of	
  Information	
  and	
  Library	
  Studies	
  at	
  UCD,	
  
Dublin,	
  Ireland,	
  and	
  an	
  adjunct	
  professor	
  of	
  computer	
  science	
  at	
  the	
  University	
  of	
  North	
  Carolina	
  at	
  Chapel	
  Hill.	
  
She	
  conducts	
  research	
  on	
  collaboration	
  and	
  collaboration	
  technology	
  in	
  a	
  variety	
  of	
  contexts,	
  including	
  scientific	
  
collaboration,	
   industry-­‐academic	
   collaboration,	
   and	
   collaboration	
   in	
   emergency	
   healthcare.	
   This	
   research	
   has	
  
been	
   published	
   in	
   over	
   90	
   journal	
   articles,	
   conference	
   papers	
   and	
   book	
   chapters.	
   She	
   leads	
   a	
   project	
  
investigating	
  the	
  potential	
  of	
  3D	
  telepresence	
  technology	
  to	
  improve	
  emergency	
  healthcare.	
  This	
  project	
  has	
  
been	
   funded	
   by	
   the	
   U.S.	
   National	
   Library	
   of	
   Medicine,	
   and	
   is	
   a	
   collaboration	
   with	
   the	
   Computer	
   Science	
  
Department	
   and	
   the	
   School	
   of	
   Medicine	
   at	
   the	
   University	
   of	
   North	
   Carolina	
   at	
   Chapel	
   Hill.	
   Diane	
   is	
   also	
  
investigating	
   the	
   evaluation	
   of	
   distributed	
   collaborative	
   work.	
   Previously	
   Diane	
   led	
   the	
   nanoManipulator	
  
Collaboratory	
   Design	
   &	
   Evaluation	
   Research	
   Project	
   funded	
   by	
   the	
   National	
   Institutes	
   of	
   Health,	
   and	
   the	
  
Collaboration	
   Effort	
   at	
   the	
   National	
   Science	
   Foundation	
   Science	
   and	
   Technology	
   Center	
   for	
   Environmentally	
  
Responsible	
  Solvents	
  and	
  Processes.	
  In	
  both	
  projects	
  she	
  and	
  her	
  team	
  investigated	
  how	
  new	
  technology	
  can	
  
impact	
  scientific	
  collaboration	
  across	
  distances.	
  Diane	
  has	
  been	
  a	
  Fulbright	
  Professor	
  in	
  Finland.	
  Other	
  awards	
  
and	
   recognition	
   include	
   a	
   U.S.	
   Army	
   Research	
   Laboratory	
   Scientific	
   Contribution	
   Award,	
   UNC	
   Junior	
   Faculty	
  
Research	
  Award,	
  ALISE	
  Research	
  Methodology	
  Best	
  Paper	
  Award,	
  and	
  Bell	
  Communications	
  Research	
  Award	
  of	
  
Excellence.	
  
 
5	
  
	
  
	
  
Keynote	
  David	
  McDonald	
  	
  
Faculty	
  at	
  the	
  Information	
  School	
  at	
  University	
  of	
  Washington,	
  Program	
  Director	
  for	
  the	
  Human	
  Centered	
  
Computing	
  program	
  at	
  the	
  National	
  Science	
  Foundation	
  
An	
  Issue	
  of	
  Scale:	
  Moving	
  toward	
  a	
  Paradigm	
  for	
  Mass	
  Participation	
  Computing	
  
Wide-­‐spread	
   access	
   to	
   the	
   Internet	
   and	
   networked	
   communications	
   technologies	
   have	
   opened	
   a	
   space	
   of	
  
applications	
  that	
  facilitate	
  new	
  forms	
  of	
  interaction	
  and	
  collaboration.	
  Inviting	
  large	
  numbers	
  of	
  participants	
  into	
  
new	
   collaborative	
   applications	
   creates	
   many	
   challenges.	
   When	
   online	
   communities	
   grow,	
   ensuring	
   congenial	
  
interactions	
  among	
  all	
  of	
  the	
  members	
  is	
  nearly	
  impossible.	
  Differences	
  in	
  perspectives,	
  beliefs,	
  and	
  attitudes	
  
ensure	
  that	
  the	
  multivalent	
  character	
  of	
  social	
  relations	
  emerges.	
  Systems	
  and	
  infrastructure	
  rarely	
  account	
  for	
  
mechanisms	
   that	
   allow	
   for	
   the	
   effective	
   management	
   of	
   conflict.	
   Handling	
   challenges	
   that	
   result	
   from	
   scale	
  
requires	
   rethinking	
   the	
   way	
   we	
   frame	
   research	
   questions	
   about	
   online	
   participation	
   -­‐	
   a	
   potentially	
   new	
  
paradigm.	
  
Dr.	
   David	
   W.	
   McDonald	
   joined	
   the	
   faculty	
   at	
   The	
   Information	
   School	
   at	
   University	
   of	
   Washington	
   in	
   January	
  
2002.	
  Dr.	
  McDonald	
  is	
  currently	
  serving	
  as	
  a	
  Program	
  Director	
  for	
  the	
  Human	
  Centered	
  Computing	
  program	
  at	
  
the	
  National	
  Science	
  Foundation	
  (NSF)	
  in	
  the	
  Computer,	
  Information	
  Science	
  and	
  Engineering	
  (CISE)	
  Directorate.	
  
David	
  has	
  ongoing	
  projects	
  studying	
  Wikipedia	
  and	
  technology	
  and	
  media	
  use	
  in	
  the	
  home.	
  He	
  has	
  published	
  
research	
  on	
  collaborative	
  authoring,	
  recommendation	
  systems,	
  organizational	
  memory,	
  and	
  public	
  use	
  of	
  large	
  
screen	
  displays.	
  His	
  general	
  research	
  interests	
  span	
  Computer-­‐Supported	
  Cooperative	
  Work	
  (CSCW)	
  and	
  Human-­‐
Computer	
  Interaction	
  (HCI).	
  David	
  earned	
  his	
  Ph.D.	
  in	
  Information	
  and	
  Computer	
  Science	
  at	
  the	
  University	
  of	
  
California,	
  Irvine.	
  At	
  UC	
  Irvine	
  he	
  was	
  part	
  of	
  the	
  Computing,	
  Organizations,	
  Policy	
  and	
  Society	
  (CORPS)	
  group.	
  
David	
  has	
  worked	
  at	
  FX	
  Palo	
  Alto	
  Laboratory	
  in	
  the	
  Personal	
  and	
  Mobile	
  technology	
  group	
  and	
  at	
  AT&T	
  Labs,	
  
Human	
  Computer	
  Interaction	
  group.	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
 
6	
  
	
  
	
  
Small	
  Group	
  Discussion	
  Session	
  1	
  
	
  
	
  
Group	
  A	
   Group	
  B	
   Group	
  C	
   Group	
  D	
   Group	
  E	
  
Louise	
  Limberg	
   Heidi	
  Julien	
   Cecelia	
  Brown	
   Theresa	
  Anderson	
   Karen	
  Fisher	
  
Eileen	
  Abels	
   Jonathan	
  Foster	
   June	
  Abbas	
   Nadia	
  Caidi	
   Janet	
  Arth	
  
Shelagh	
  K.	
  Genuis	
   Crystal	
  Fulton	
   Sanda	
  Erdelez	
   Jia	
  Tina	
  Du	
   Leanne	
  Bowler	
  
Sean	
  P.	
  Goggins	
   Brandey	
  Hemmiger	
   Isto	
  Huvila	
  	
   Stephen	
  Hockema	
   Helena	
  Francke	
  
Min-­‐Chun	
  Ku	
   Yaling	
  Lu	
   Evelyn	
  Markwei	
  	
   Paulette	
  Kerr	
   Mamiko	
  Matsubayashi	
  
Margaret	
  Lam	
   Shen-­‐Tzu	
  Lin	
   David	
  McDonald	
  	
   Kyungwon	
  Koh	
   Michael	
  Nilan	
  
Janet	
  Mumford	
   Diane	
  Mizrachi	
   Makiko	
  Miwa	
  	
   Yutaka	
  Manchu	
   Guillermo	
  Oyarce	
  
Diane	
  	
  Sonnenwald	
  	
   Ophelia	
  Morey	
   Sanghee	
  Oh	
  	
   Eric	
  Meyers	
   Theresa	
  Putkey	
  
Sandra	
  Toze	
   Valerie	
  Nesset	
   Anindita	
  Paul	
  	
   Katie	
  O’Leary	
   Nasser	
  Saleh	
  
Rebekah	
  Willson	
   Jeanette	
  de	
  Richemond	
   Kathleen	
  Reed	
  	
   Saeed	
  Sharifabadi	
   Robert	
  J.	
  Sandusky	
  
Borchuluun	
  Yadamsuren	
   Stina	
  Westman	
   Soo	
  Young	
  Rieh	
   Tiffany	
  Veinot	
   Maria	
  Souden	
  
	
   	
   Fred	
  Stutzman	
  	
   Carol	
  Wood	
   Ruth	
  Vondracek	
  
	
  
	
  
Small	
  Group	
  Discussion	
  Session	
  2	
  
	
  
Group	
  A	
   Group	
  B	
   Group	
  C	
   Group	
  D	
   Group	
  E	
  
Eileen	
  Abels	
   Sanda	
  Erdelez	
   Eric	
  Meyers	
   Tiffany	
  Veinot	
   Robert	
  Sandusky	
  
Theresa	
  Anderson	
   Leanne	
  Bowler	
   Nadia	
  Caidi	
   Crystal	
  Fulton	
   June	
  Abbas	
  
Janet	
  M.	
  Arth	
   Jian	
  Tina	
  Du	
   Jonathan	
  Foster	
  	
   Shelagh	
  K.	
  Genuis	
  	
   Helena	
  Francke	
  
Cecelia	
  Brown	
   Karen	
  Fisher	
  	
   Stephen	
  Hockema	
   Bradley	
  Hemminger	
   Yaling	
  Lu	
  
Isto	
  Huvila	
   Sean	
  Goggins	
   Heidi	
  Julien	
   Min-­‐Chun	
  Ku	
   Paulette	
  Kerr	
  
Kyungwon	
  Koh	
   Margaret	
  Lam	
   Louise	
  Limberg	
   Ophelia	
  Morey	
   Shen-­‐Tzu	
  Lin	
  
David	
  McDonald	
   Yataka	
  Manchu	
   Evelyn	
  Markwei	
   Michael	
  Nilan	
   Mamiko	
  Matsubayashi	
  
Makiko	
  Miwa	
   Sanghee	
  Oh	
   Janet	
  Mumford	
   Katie	
  O’Leary	
   Theresa	
  Putkey	
  
Diane	
  Mizrachi	
  	
   Guillermo	
  Oyarce	
   Valerie	
  Nesset	
   Jeanette	
  de	
  Richemond	
   Soo	
  Young	
  Rieh	
  
Nasser	
  Saleh	
   Anindita	
  Paul	
  	
   Kathleen	
  Reed	
   Diane	
  Sonnenwald	
   Sandra	
  Toze	
  	
  
Saeed	
  Sharifabadi	
   Borchuluun	
  Yadamsuren	
   Ruth	
  Vondrcek	
   Maria	
  Souden	
   Stina	
  Westman	
  
Carol	
  Wood	
  	
   	
   Rebekah	
  Willson	
   Fred	
  Stutzman	
   	
  
	
  
	
  
 
7	
  
	
  
	
  
2009	
  SIG	
  USE	
  Award	
  Winners	
  
	
  
	
  
Best	
  Information	
  Behavior	
  Paper:	
  $200.00	
  
Tiffany	
  Veinot,	
  University	
  of	
  Michigan	
  
“A	
  lot	
  of	
  people	
  didn’t	
  have	
  a	
  chance	
  to	
  support	
  us	
  because	
  we	
  never	
  told	
  them…”:	
  Stigma	
  management,	
  
information	
  poverty	
  and	
  HIV/AIDS	
  information/help	
  networks	
  
	
  
Best	
  Information	
  Behavior	
  Poster:	
  $200.00	
  
Joung	
  Hwa	
  Koo	
  and	
  Melissa	
  Gross,	
  Florida	
  State	
  University	
  
Adolescents’	
  Information	
  Behavior	
  when	
  Isolated	
  from	
  Peer	
  Groups:	
  Lessons	
  from	
  New	
  Immigrant	
  Adolescents’	
  
Everyday	
  Life	
  Information	
  Seeking	
  
	
  
Honorable	
  Mention	
  for	
  Best	
  Poster:	
  
Ellen	
  Rubenstein,	
  University	
  of	
  Illinois	
  
Dimensions	
  of	
  Information	
  Exchange	
  in	
  an	
  Online	
  Breast	
  Cancer	
  Support	
  Group	
  
	
  
Elfreda	
  Chatman	
  Award:	
  $1000.00	
  
Rachael	
  Clemens	
  and	
  Amber	
  Cushing,	
  University	
  of	
  North	
  Carolina	
  Chapel	
  Hill	
  
Deeply	
  Meaningful	
  Contexts:	
  Probing	
  the	
  Boundaries	
  of	
  Everyday	
  Life	
  Information	
  Seeking	
  
	
  
PhD	
  Student	
  Travel	
  Award:	
  $500.00	
  
Diane	
  Mizrachi,	
  UCLA	
  
	
  
Masters	
  Student	
  Travel	
  Award:	
  $500.00	
  
Margaret	
  Lam,	
  University	
  of	
  Toronto	
  
	
  
Interdisciplinary	
  Travel	
  Award:	
  $200.00	
  
Chirag	
  Shah,	
  University	
  of	
  North	
  Carolina	
  Chapel	
  Hill	
  to	
  attend	
  the	
  2010	
  Computer-­‐Supported	
  Cooperative	
  Work	
  
(CSCW)	
  Conference	
  
	
  
Outstanding	
  Contributions	
  to	
  Information	
  Behavior:	
  $500.00	
  
Tom	
  Wilson,	
  retired	
  
 
8	
  
	
  
	
  
Join	
  Us	
  for	
  Exciting	
  Events!	
  	
  
	
  
2009	
  is	
  an	
  exciting	
  landmark	
  in	
  SIGUSE	
  history.	
  We	
  are	
  looking	
  forward	
  to	
  celebrating	
  our	
  anniversary	
  with	
  you.	
  	
  
	
  
SIG	
  USE	
  10th	
  Anniversary	
  Reception	
  
Saturday,	
  November	
  7th
,	
  2009,	
  6.30pm.	
  	
  	
  
Happy	
  Birthday!	
  2009	
  marks	
  the	
  10th	
  Anniversary	
  of	
  SIG	
  USE.	
  	
  We	
  invite	
  everyone	
  to	
  celebrate	
  at	
  an	
  evening	
  
reception.	
  	
  Come	
  reminisce	
  with	
  old	
  friends	
  and	
  meet	
  newcomers	
  to	
  SIG	
  USE.	
  	
  	
  
	
  
SIG	
  USE	
  Breakfast	
  Planning	
  Meeting	
  
Sunday,	
  November	
  8th,	
  2009,	
  8am.	
  Hyatt	
  Regency	
  Restaurant.	
  
We	
  invite	
  you	
  to	
  get	
  involved	
  in	
  next	
  year's	
  SIG	
  USE	
  event	
  planning.	
  	
  
	
  
SIG	
  USE	
  Anniversary	
  Panel	
  	
  
Celebrating	
  10	
  Years	
  of	
  SIG	
  USE:	
  A	
  Fish	
  Bowl	
  Dialogue	
  on	
  Information	
  Behavior	
  Research	
  Past,	
  Present	
  &	
  Future	
  
Tuesday,	
  November	
  10th
,	
  3.30-­‐5pm	
  
What	
   will	
   the	
   next	
   10	
   years	
   of	
   Information	
   Behavior	
   research	
   bring?	
  	
   Are	
   we	
   at	
   a	
   turning	
   point	
   in	
   studying	
  
Information	
  Behavior?	
  	
  This	
  panel	
  reflects	
  on	
  the	
  development	
  of	
  Information	
  Behavior	
  research	
  and	
  explores	
  
future	
   directions,	
   featuring	
   new	
   doctoral	
   work,	
   ongoing	
   major	
   research	
   studies,	
   and	
   new	
   opportunities	
   for	
  
topics,	
  partnerships,	
  and	
  funding.	
  	
  
	
  	
  
	
  
 
9	
  
	
  
	
  
List	
  of	
  Registered	
  Attendees	
  
	
  
Ms.	
  June	
  Abbas	
   jmabbas@ou.edu	
   Dr.	
  David	
  McDonald	
   dwmc@u.washington.edu	
  
Ms.	
  Eileen	
  G.	
  Abels	
   eabels@drexel.edu	
   Mr.	
  Eric	
  Meyers	
   meyerse@u.washington.edu	
  
Ms.	
  Theresa	
  D.	
  Anderson	
   theresa.anderson@uts.edu.au	
   Ms.	
  Makiko	
  Miwa	
   miwamaki@nime.ac.jp	
  
Ms.	
  Janet	
  M.	
  Arth	
   arth@tc.umn.edu	
   Ms.	
  Diane	
  Mizrachi	
   mizrachi@library.ucla.edu	
  
Ms.	
  Leanne	
  Bowler	
   lbowler@sis.pitt.edu	
   Ms.	
  Ophelia	
  Morey	
   otmorey@buffalo.edu	
  
Ms.	
  Cecelia	
  Brown	
   cbrown@ou.edu	
   Janet	
  Mumford	
   jmum@telus.net	
  
Jeanette	
  de	
  Richemond	
   jderichemond@gmail.com	
   Ms.	
  Valerie	
  Nesset	
   vmnesset@buffalo.edu	
  
Ms.	
  Jia	
  Du	
   jia.du@student.qut.edu.au	
   Dr.	
  Michael	
  S.	
  Nilan	
   jlpulver@syr.edu	
  
Dr.	
  Sanda	
  Erdelez	
   sanda@missouri.edu	
   Ms.	
  Katie	
  O'Leary	
   katieolo@gmail.com	
  
Dr.	
  Karen	
  E.	
  Fisher	
   fisher@u.washington.edu	
   Mrs.	
  Sanghee	
  Oh	
   shoh@email.unc.edu	
  
Dr.	
  Jonathan	
  Foster	
   j.j.foster@sheffield.ac.uk	
   Dr.	
  Guillermo	
  Oyarce	
   oyga@unt.edu	
  
Ms.	
  Helena	
  Francke	
   helena.francke@hb.se	
   Ms.	
  Anindita	
  Paul	
   ap6v8@mizzou.edu	
  
Dr.	
  Crystal	
  Fulton	
   crystal.fulton@ucd.ie	
   Ms.	
  Theresa	
  Putkey	
   tputkey@keypointe.ca	
  
Shelagh	
  Genuis	
   genuis@ualberta.ca	
   Kathleen	
  Reed	
   kjreed@ualberta.ca	
  
Sean	
  Goggins	
   sean.goggins@mizzou.edu	
   Saeed	
  	
  R.	
  Sharifabadi	
   srezaei@alzahra.ac.ir	
  
Mr.	
  Bradley	
  Hemminger	
   bmh@ils.unc.edu	
   Ms.	
  Soo-­‐Young	
  Rieh	
   rieh@umich.edu	
  
Mr.	
  Isto	
  Huvila	
   isto.huvila@abo.fi	
   Mr.	
  Nasser	
  Saleh	
   nasser.saleh@queensu.ca	
  
Ms.	
  Heidi	
  E.	
  Julien	
   heidi.julien@ualberta.ca	
   Mr.	
  Robert	
  J.	
  Sandusky	
   sandusky@uic.edu	
  
Ms.	
  Paulette	
  Kerr	
   pakerr@eden.rutgers.edu	
   Ms.	
  Maria	
  Souden	
   seramar@umich.edu	
  
Ms.	
  Kyungwon	
  Koh	
   	
   Mr.	
  Frederic	
  Stutzman	
   fred@metalab.unc.edu	
  
Ms	
  Min-­‐Chun	
  Ku	
   minchunku@yahoo.com	
   Ms.	
  Sandra	
  Toze	
   sandra.toze@dal.ca	
  
Ms.	
  Margaret	
  Lam	
   margaret.lam@gmail.com	
   Dr.	
  Tiffany	
  Veinot	
   tveinot@umich.edu	
  
Ms.	
  Louise	
  Limberg	
   louise.limberg@hb.se	
   Ms.	
  Ruth	
  Vondracek	
   ruth.vondracek@oregonstate.edu	
  
Shen-­‐Tzu	
  Lin	
   r95126005@ntu.edu.tw	
   Ms.	
  Stina	
  Westman	
   stina.westman@tkk.fi	
  
Dr.	
  Yaling	
  Lu	
   yalinglu@rci.rutgers.edu	
   Rebekah	
  Willson	
   bwillson@myroyal.ca	
  
Yutaka	
  Manchu	
   manchu.yutaka@toshiba-­‐sol.co.jp	
   Carol	
  Wood	
   woodc@daca.mil	
  
Evelyn	
  Markwei	
   dedeiaf@yahoo.co.uk	
   Ms.	
  Borchuluun	
  Yadamsuren	
   by888@mizzou.edu	
  
Ms.	
  Mamiko	
  Matsubayashi	
   mamiko@slis.tsukuba.ac.jp	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
  
	
  
 
10	
  
	
  
Position	
  Papers	
  
Abels,	
  Eileen.....................................................................................................................................................................................................11	
  
Anderson,	
  Theresa...........................................................................................................................................................................................12	
  
Bar-­‐Ilan,	
  Judit...................................................................................................................................................................................................13	
  
Borchuluun,	
  Yadamsuren	
  &	
  Erdelez,	
  Sanda.....................................................................................................................................................14	
  
Brown,	
  Cecelia	
  &	
  Abbas,	
  June .........................................................................................................................................................................15	
  
Caidi,	
  Nadia,	
  Fiser,	
  Adam	
  &	
  Lam,	
  Margaret.....................................................................................................................................................16	
  
Du,	
  Tina............................................................................................................................................................................................................17	
  
Foster,	
  Jonathan,	
  Wu,	
  Mei-­‐Mei	
  &	
  Lin,	
  Angela .................................................................................................................................................18	
  
Fulton,	
  Crystal..................................................................................................................................................................................................19	
  
Genuis,	
  Shelagh	
  K. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................20	
  
Goggins,	
  Sean	
  &	
  Erdelez,	
  Sanda.......................................................................................................................................................................21	
  
Hockema,	
  Stephen...........................................................................................................................................................................................22	
  
Huvila,	
  Isto .......................................................................................................................................................................................................23	
  
Julien,	
  Heidi......................................................................................................................................................................................................24	
  
Lam,	
  Margaret .................................................................................................................................................................................................25	
  
Limberg,	
  Louise................................................................................................................................................................................................26	
  
Lueg,	
  Christopher.............................................................................................................................................................................................27	
  
Miwa,	
  Makiko ..................................................................................................................................................................................................28	
  
Markwei,	
  Evelyn ..............................................................................................................................................................................................29	
  
Meyers,	
  Eric .....................................................................................................................................................................................................30	
  
Morey,	
  Ophelia................................................................................................................................................................................................31	
  
Mumford,	
  Janet ...............................................................................................................................................................................................32	
  
Nesset,	
  Valerie.................................................................................................................................................................................................33	
  
Oh,	
  Sanghee.....................................................................................................................................................................................................34	
  
Oyarce,	
  Guillermo	
  A.........................................................................................................................................................................................35	
  
Paul,	
  Anindita...................................................................................................................................................................................................36	
  
Phuwanartnurak,	
  Ammy	
  Jiranida.....................................................................................................................................................................35	
  
Reed,	
  Kathleen.................................................................................................................................................................................................38	
  
de	
  Richemond,	
  Jeanette ..................................................................................................................................................................................39	
  
Rubenstein,	
  Ellen .............................................................................................................................................................................................40	
  
Sharifabadi,	
  Saeed	
  R. .......................................................................................................................................................................................41	
  
Stutzman,	
  Fred.................................................................................................................................................................................................42	
  
Willson,	
  Rebekah .............................................................................................................................................................................................43	
  
Veinot,	
  Tiffany .................................................................................................................................................................................................44	
  
	
  
 
11	
  
	
  
ABELS,	
  EILEEN	
  	
  
	
  iSchool,	
  Drexel	
  University	
  	
  
Reference	
   services	
   have	
   focused	
   on	
   the	
   interaction	
   between	
   two	
   people,	
   the	
   librarian	
   or	
   information	
  
professional	
  and	
  the	
  patron	
  or	
  information	
  seeker.	
  In	
  general,	
  the	
  interaction	
  between	
  the	
  two	
  is	
  more	
  of	
  a	
  
conversation	
   than	
   a	
   collaborative	
   effort.	
   Some	
   collaboration	
   between	
   librarians	
   has	
   occurred	
   and	
   with	
   the	
  
introduction	
   of	
   digital	
   cooperative	
   reference	
   services,	
   there	
   has	
   been	
   an	
   increase	
   in	
   collaboration	
   between	
  
librarians	
  to	
  provide	
  reference	
  respond	
  to	
  reference	
  questions	
  is	
  not	
  new.	
  Margaret	
  Hutchins	
  (1944)	
  encouraged	
  
librarians	
   to	
   “call	
   on	
   other	
   [librarians]	
   for	
   suggestions”.	
   More	
   recently,	
   the	
   Reference	
   and	
   User	
   Services	
  
Association’s	
   Guidelines	
   for	
   Behavioral	
   Performance	
   of	
   Reference	
   and	
   Information	
   Service	
   Providers	
   (2004)	
  
recommended	
   multi-­‐librarian	
   collaboration	
   for	
   question	
   answering.	
   In	
   the	
   RUSA	
   guidelines,	
   the	
   following	
   is	
  
stated:	
  “[guideline]	
  5.4…	
  Consults	
  other	
  librarians	
  or	
  experts	
  in	
  the	
  field	
  when	
  additional	
  subject	
  expertise	
  is	
  
needed.”	
  Some	
  research	
  findings	
  suggest	
  that	
  librarian-­‐to-­‐librarian	
  collaboration	
  during	
  reference	
  transactions	
  
may	
   improve	
   accuracy	
   and	
   augment	
   performance	
   (e.g.,	
   McKenzie,	
   2003;	
   Kemp	
   &	
   Dillon,	
   1988;	
   Nolan,	
   1992;	
  
Quinn,	
  2001;	
  Pomerantz,	
  2006).	
  	
  
In	
   addition	
   to	
   question	
   answering	
   services	
   provided	
   by	
   libraries,	
   many	
   online	
   Q&A	
   services	
   have	
   emerged.	
  
Despite	
   the	
   collaborative	
   nature	
   of	
   many	
   social	
   networking	
   tools	
   on	
   the	
   internet,	
   reference	
   services	
   and	
  
question	
  answering	
  services	
  have	
  remained	
  more	
  or	
  less	
  a	
  one	
  to	
  one	
  or	
  one	
  to	
  many	
  type	
  of	
  interaction	
  rather	
  
than	
   a	
   true	
   collaboration.	
   Even	
   in	
   question	
   answering	
   services	
   in	
   which	
   an	
   information	
   seeker	
   requests	
   an	
  
answer	
  to	
  a	
  question,	
  the	
  different	
  responses	
  received	
  are	
  generated	
  individually	
  and	
  the	
  information	
  seeker	
  
selects	
  the	
  best	
  answer.	
  	
  
Collaborative	
  reference	
  services,	
  in	
  which	
  librarians	
  and	
  patrons	
  collaborate	
  would	
  require	
  a	
  paradigm	
  shift	
  in	
  
current	
  models	
  of	
  reference	
  services.	
  There	
  are	
  many	
  questions	
  related	
  to	
  collaborative	
  reference	
  services.	
  The	
  
following	
   are	
   just	
   a	
   few	
   examples:	
   Will	
   collaborative	
   reference	
   service	
   outperform	
   “traditional”	
   reference	
  
services	
  in	
  terms	
  of	
  the	
  quality	
  of	
  the	
  responses	
  and	
  patron	
  satisfaction?	
  What	
  will	
  an	
  effective	
  collaborative	
  
environment	
  look	
  like?	
  Are	
  current	
  reference	
  service	
  models	
  applicable	
  to	
  a	
  collaborative	
  reference	
  service?	
  	
  
References:	
  	
  
Hutchins,	
  M.	
  (1944).	
  Introduction	
  to	
  Reference	
  Work.	
  Chicago,	
  IL:	
  American	
  Library	
  Association.	
  	
  
Jackson,	
  L.,	
  &	
  Hansen,	
  J.	
  (2006).	
  Creating	
  Collaborative	
  Partnerships:	
  Building	
  the	
  Framework.	
  Reference	
  Services	
  
Review,	
  34(4),	
  575-­‐588.	
  4	
  	
  
Kemp,	
  J.,	
  &	
  Dillon,	
  D.	
  (1989).	
  Collaboration	
  and	
  the	
  Accuracy	
  Imperative:	
  Improving	
  Reference	
  Service	
  Now.	
  RQ,	
  
29(1),	
  62-­‐70.	
  	
  
McKenzie,	
  P.J.	
  (2003).	
  User	
  Perspectives	
  on	
  Staff	
  Cooperation	
  During	
  the	
  Reference	
  Transaction.	
  The	
  Reference	
  
Librarian,	
  83/84,	
  5-­‐22.	
  	
  
Nolan,	
  C.W.	
  (1992).	
  Closing	
  the	
  Reference	
  Interview:	
  Implications	
  for	
  Policy	
  and	
  Practice.	
  RQ,	
  31(4),	
  513-­‐521.	
  	
  
Pomerantz,	
  J.,	
  &	
  Stutzman,	
  F.	
  (2006).	
  Collaborative	
  Reference	
  Work	
  in	
  the	
  Blogosphere.	
  Reference	
  Services	
  
Review,	
  34(2),	
  200-­‐212.	
  	
  
Quinn,	
  B.	
  (2001).	
  Cooperation	
  and	
  Competition	
  at	
  the	
  Reference	
  Desk.	
  The	
  Reference	
  Librarian,	
  34(72),	
  65-­‐82.	
  	
  
Reference	
  and	
  User	
  Services	
  Association.	
  (2004).	
  Guidelines	
  for	
  Behavioral	
  Performance	
  of	
  Reference	
  and	
  
Information	
  Service	
  Providers.	
  Retrieved	
  9	
  July	
  2009,	
  from	
  
http://www.ala.org/ala/mgrps/divs/rusa/resources/guidelines/guidelinesbehavioral.cfm.	
  
 
12	
  
	
  
ANDERSON,	
  THERESA	
  
University	
  of	
  Technology,	
  Sydney	
  
Social	
  Relevance:	
  witnessing	
  personal/interpersonal	
  interplay	
  in	
  collaborative	
  information	
  environments	
  
Relevance	
   is	
   a	
   central	
   concept	
   for	
   information	
   science	
   used	
   as	
   a	
   measurement	
   for	
   evaluating	
   information	
  
systems.	
  However,	
  it	
  is	
  a	
  concept	
  that	
  significantly	
  extends	
  far	
  beyond	
  this	
  traditional	
  domain,	
  since	
  it	
  is	
  also	
  at	
  
the	
  heart	
  of	
  the	
  human	
  communication	
  of	
  meaning.	
  It	
  is	
  an	
  essentially	
  human	
  construct	
  that	
  is	
  embedded	
  in	
  the	
  
everyday	
   practices	
   of	
   communication,	
   information	
   seeking	
   and	
   knowledge	
   generation.	
   In	
   the	
   context	
   of	
  
information	
  behaviour	
  research,	
  exploring	
  human	
  judgments	
  of	
  relevance	
  overlaps	
  with	
  explorations	
  of	
  other	
  
core	
  information	
  concepts	
  like	
  cognitive	
  authority	
  and	
  credibility.	
  In	
  each	
  instance,	
  research	
  reveals	
  rich	
  layers	
  
of	
  meaning	
  and	
  practice	
  at	
  both	
  personal	
  and	
  social	
  levels	
  of	
  human	
  judgments	
  of	
  information.	
  In	
  keeping	
  with	
  
this	
   year’s	
   symposium	
   themes,	
   this	
   paper	
   discusses	
   the	
   diverse	
   social	
   and	
   contextual	
   dimensions	
   of	
   such	
  
judgments,	
   particularly	
   within	
   the	
   complexity	
   of	
   computer-­‐mediated	
   information	
   activities	
   in	
   collaborative	
  
information	
  environments.	
  When	
  examined	
  from	
  the	
  searcher’s	
  –as	
  opposed	
  to	
  the	
  system’s	
  –	
  perspective,	
  the	
  
social	
  and	
  collaborative	
  aspects	
  are	
  seen	
  to	
  be	
  far	
  more	
  embedded	
  in	
  these	
  practices	
  than	
  is	
  accounted	
  for	
  in	
  
many	
   depictions	
   of	
   collaborative	
   information	
   retrieval.	
   The	
   inherently	
   interactive	
   character	
   of	
   judgments	
   of	
  
relevance,	
   credibility	
   and	
   cognitive	
   authority	
   means	
   that	
   social	
   and	
   private	
   aspects	
   are	
   interwoven	
   in	
   the	
  
seeking	
  and	
  gathering	
  of	
  information.	
  Witnessing	
  the	
  collaborative	
  character	
  of	
  seemingly	
  individual	
  information	
  
seeking	
  reveals	
  just	
  how	
  embedded	
  social	
  communication	
  is	
  in	
  these	
  judgments.	
  Equally,	
  study	
  of	
  information	
  
practices	
  in	
  social	
  or	
  collaborative	
  contexts	
  reveals	
  great	
  diversity	
  in	
  the	
  individual	
  responses	
  to	
  a	
  collaborative	
  
context.	
   Our	
   understanding	
   of	
   collaborative	
   systems	
   must	
   take	
   into	
   account	
   such	
   ‘real-­‐life’	
   experiences	
   of	
  
searchers	
   and	
   searcher	
   communities.	
   And	
   yet,	
   experience	
   shows	
   that	
   it	
   can	
   be	
   difficult	
   to	
   translate	
   this	
  
understanding	
  of	
  human	
  practices	
  –	
  at	
  the	
  individual	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  at	
  the	
  collaborative	
  level	
  –	
  into	
  effective	
  designs	
  
of	
  collaborative	
  environments.	
  This	
  proposed	
  paper	
  builds	
  on	
  the	
  author’s	
  individual	
  efforts	
  to	
  move	
  between	
  
information	
  seeking,	
  information	
  retrieval	
  and	
  CSCW	
  communities	
  to	
  share	
  research	
  findings	
  on	
  this	
  very	
  topic.	
  
It	
  discusses	
  both	
  a	
  theoretical	
  framework	
  and	
  case	
  studies	
  developed	
  in	
  an	
  effort	
  to	
  communicate	
  this	
  learning	
  
so	
  that	
  it	
  might	
  be	
  effectively	
  applied	
  to	
  the	
  design,	
  development	
  and	
  evaluation	
  of	
  collaborative	
  IR	
  systems.	
  
	
  
 
13	
  
	
  
	
  
BAR-­‐ILAN,	
  JUDIT	
  	
  
Department	
  of	
  Information	
  Science,	
  Bar-­‐Ilan	
  University,	
  Israel	
  
Collaborative	
  Image	
  Tagging	
  
In	
  a	
  recently	
  completed	
  research	
  we	
  studied	
  the	
  effects	
  of	
  collaboration	
  on	
  users’	
  image	
  tagging	
  behavior.	
  Our	
  
users	
  were	
  presented	
  with	
  12	
  images	
  related	
  to	
  Jewish	
  cultural	
  heritage.	
  They	
  were	
  asked	
  to	
  tag	
  the	
  images	
  in	
  
order	
  to	
  facilitate	
  their	
  retrieval	
  by	
  others.	
  In	
  the	
  first	
  phase	
  of	
  the	
  experiment	
  each	
  user	
  was	
  asked	
  to	
  tag	
  the	
  
images	
  without	
  seeing	
  the	
  tags	
  assigned	
  by	
  others.	
  In	
  the	
  second	
  stage	
  the	
  tags	
  assigned	
  by	
  at	
  least	
  two	
  users	
  in	
  
the	
  first	
  stage	
  were	
  shown	
  to	
  all	
  the	
  participants.	
  In	
  addition	
  the	
  users	
  were	
  encouraged	
  to	
  interact	
  though	
  a	
  
discussion	
  forum	
  set	
  up	
  for	
  each	
  image.	
  This	
  was	
  the	
  place	
  to	
  try	
  to	
  convince	
  the	
  other	
  participants	
  to	
  remove	
  
specific	
  tags	
  or	
  to	
  add	
  a	
  new	
  tag	
  that	
  the	
  user	
  considered	
  as	
  an	
  important	
  tag,	
  but	
  did	
  not	
  appear	
  in	
  the	
  list,	
  
because	
  he	
  was	
  the	
  only	
  participant	
  that	
  assigned	
  the	
  tag	
  to	
  the	
  image.	
  The	
  users	
  were	
  allowed	
  to	
  change	
  the	
  
tags	
  assigned	
  by	
  them	
  in	
  the	
  previous	
  phase:	
  to	
  delete	
  existing	
  tags,	
  to	
  edit	
  them,	
  to	
  add	
  tags	
  from	
  the	
  displayed	
  
list	
  of	
  tags	
  or	
  to	
  add	
  a	
  brand	
  new	
  tag.	
  	
  
The	
  experiment	
  was	
  conducted	
  with	
  three	
  groups	
  of	
  about	
  40	
  participants	
  each.	
  Our	
  findings	
  show	
  that	
  in	
  each	
  
group	
  the	
  number	
  of	
  assigned	
  tags	
  increased	
  in	
  the	
  second	
  phase	
  by	
  more	
  than	
  20%	
  on	
  average;	
  the	
  number	
  of	
  
distinct	
  tags	
  decreased	
  in	
  81%	
  of	
  the	
  cases,	
  and	
  the	
  most	
  popular	
  tags	
  became	
  even	
  more	
  popular	
  after	
  the	
  
second	
  stage.	
  	
  
Our	
  findings	
  suggest	
  that	
  collaboration	
  and	
  interaction	
  lead	
  to	
  convergence	
  of	
  image	
  tags.	
  In	
  this	
  case,	
  like	
  in	
  
many	
  other	
  Web	
  2.0	
  applications,	
  the	
  “wisdom	
  of	
  the	
  crowds”	
  phenomenon	
  is	
  at	
  work.	
  In	
  addition,	
  like	
  in	
  many	
  
other	
  situations,	
  we	
  also	
  witness	
  the	
  “rich-­‐get-­‐richer”	
  phenomenon,	
  where	
  initially	
  popular	
  tags	
  become	
  even	
  
more	
  popular	
  after	
  the	
  users	
  are	
  allowed	
  to	
  collaborate.	
  	
  
This	
  research	
  was	
  supported	
  by	
  THE	
  ISRAEL	
  SCIENCE	
  FOUNDATION	
  (grant	
  No.	
  307/07),	
  and	
  is	
  joint	
  work	
  with	
  
Maayan	
   Zhitomirsky-­‐Geffet,	
   Yitzchak	
   Miller	
   and	
   Snunith	
   Shoham,	
   all	
   from	
   the	
   Department	
   of	
   Information	
  
Science	
  at	
  Bar-­‐Ilan	
  University.	
  	
  
	
  
 
14	
  
	
  
	
  
BORCHULUUN,	
  YADAMSUREN1
	
  &	
  ERDELEZ,	
  SANDA2
	
  	
  
1	
  
Doctoral	
  Candidate,	
  School	
  of	
  Information	
  Science	
  and	
  Learning	
  Technologies,	
  University	
  of	
  Missouri	
  	
  
2	
  
Associate	
  Professor,	
  School	
  of	
  Information	
  Science	
  and	
  Learning	
  Technologies,	
  University	
  of	
  Missouri	
  	
  
Collaborative	
  news	
  reading	
  behavior	
  	
  
This	
  position	
  paper	
  presents	
  the	
  preliminary	
  findings	
  from	
  an	
  ongoing	
  study	
  on	
  incidental	
  exposure	
  to	
  online	
  
news	
  in	
  everyday	
  life	
  information	
  seeking	
  context.	
  The	
  mixed	
  method	
  study	
  with	
  web	
  survey,	
  interview,	
  and	
  
think	
   aloud	
   sessions	
   were	
   conducted	
   for	
   this	
   study.	
   146	
   respondents	
   participated	
   in	
   the	
   web	
   survey	
   and	
   20	
  
people	
  were	
  interviewed.	
  The	
  preliminary	
  results	
  from	
  the	
  study	
  show	
  that	
  news	
  reading	
  is	
  not	
  an	
  individual	
  
behavior,	
  but	
  collaborative	
  process	
  of	
  finding	
  news	
  sources,	
  news	
  stories,	
  and	
  sharing	
  them	
  with	
  others.	
  The	
  
study	
  respondents	
  said	
  that	
  the	
  Internet	
  provides	
  numerous	
  opportunities	
  for	
  them	
  to	
  share	
  and	
  read	
  news	
  
collaboratively.	
  It	
  appears	
  that	
  many	
  respondents’	
  news	
  selection	
  depends	
  on	
  what	
  other	
  people	
  read	
  in	
  the	
  
given	
  day.	
  They	
  check	
  the	
  popular	
  storied	
  picked	
  by	
  the	
  digital	
  crowd	
  at	
  the	
  specific	
  spots	
  on	
  news	
  websites,	
  
such	
  as	
  “Most	
  e-­‐mailed,”	
  and	
  “Most	
  read.”	
  They	
  visit	
  the	
  crowd	
  surfing	
  websites,	
  such	
  as	
  diggit.com	
  to	
  follow	
  
the	
  selection	
  of	
  stories	
  by	
  other	
  readers.	
  The	
  respondents	
  said	
  that	
  they	
  read	
  the	
  comments	
  sections	
  for	
  news	
  
stories	
  and	
  exchange	
  their	
  ideas	
  and	
  other	
  sources	
  related	
  to	
  the	
  stories.	
  Social	
  networking	
  sites	
  are	
  becoming	
  a	
  
big	
  avenue	
  for	
  collaborative	
  news	
  reading.	
  These	
  findings	
  indicate	
  that	
  studies	
  of	
  news	
  reading	
  behavior	
  with	
  
the	
   theoretical	
   lenses	
   of	
   Savolainen’s	
   (1995)	
   everyday	
   life	
   information	
   seeking	
   model	
   and	
   Erdelez’s	
   (1997)	
  
Information	
  Encountering	
  model	
  could	
  address	
  the	
  emerging	
  aspects	
  for	
  transformative	
  relationship	
  between	
  
news	
  consumers	
  and	
  different	
  forms	
  of	
  news	
  stories.	
  	
  
Based	
  on	
  the	
  present	
  study,	
  the	
  fundamental	
  questions	
  we	
  should	
  be	
  looking	
  at	
  are	
  the	
  nature	
  of	
  collaborative	
  
news	
  reading	
  behavior	
  and	
  its	
  implications	
  on	
  designing	
  the	
  different	
  online	
  news	
  services.	
  We	
  should	
  closely	
  
study	
  the	
  tools	
  news	
  consumers	
  use	
  to	
  collaborate	
  and	
  share	
  news	
  stories	
  and	
  how	
  the	
  interface	
  design	
  and	
  
news	
  selection	
  methods	
  on	
  news	
  sites	
  could	
  affect	
  information	
  behavior	
  of	
  users,	
  who	
  come	
  to	
  these	
  sites	
  later.	
  
It	
  would	
  be	
  interesting	
  to	
  study	
  the	
  types	
  of	
  news	
  readers	
  who	
  come	
  to	
  the	
  news	
  sites	
  first	
  and	
  serve	
  as	
  “digital	
  
gatekeepers”	
  for	
  future	
  visitors.	
  The	
  places	
  where	
  people	
  share	
  news	
  should	
  be	
  another	
  important	
  venue	
  for	
  
further	
  research	
  in	
  collaborative	
  news	
  reading	
  behavior.	
  The	
  ways	
  of	
  sharing	
  news	
  with	
  others	
  (e-­‐mail,	
  personal	
  
communication,	
  conversation,	
  social	
  networking	
  and	
  special	
  interest	
  group	
  sites)	
  would	
  add	
  much	
  more	
  on	
  our	
  
research	
  in	
  collaborative	
  news	
  reading.	
  	
  
Research	
  on	
  news	
  reading	
  behavior,	
  including	
  social	
  aspects	
  of	
  news	
  reading	
  and	
  collaborative	
  news	
  reading	
  
behavior	
  could	
  have	
  impact	
  on	
  the	
  design	
  of	
  online	
  news	
  websites,	
  social	
  networking	
  sites,	
  blogs	
  and	
  many	
  
other	
  news-­‐oriented	
  information	
  systems.	
  With	
  the	
  rapid	
  technology	
  development	
  and	
  spread	
  usage	
  of	
  the	
  
Internet	
  in	
  our	
  daily	
  lives,	
  the	
  traditional	
  definition	
  of	
  news	
  is	
  changing.	
  People	
  have	
  much	
  broader	
  definition	
  of	
  
news,	
  not	
  only	
  focusing	
  on	
  stories	
  coming	
  from	
  the	
  traditional	
  news	
  organizations.	
  Thus,	
  our	
  studies	
  on	
  social	
  
behavior	
  of	
  news	
  reading	
  and	
  collaborative	
  aspect	
  in	
  this	
  realm	
  could	
  have	
  much	
  greater	
  impact	
  in	
  terms	
  of	
  how	
  
to	
  design	
  of	
  the	
  news	
  sites	
  affects	
  public	
  opinion	
  and	
  public	
  communication	
  in	
  society.	
  	
  
In	
  order	
  to	
  effectively	
  communicate	
  our	
  research	
  on	
  collaborative	
  news	
  reading	
  to	
  other	
  research	
  communities,	
  
we	
   should	
   use	
   the	
   language	
   of	
   their	
   field.	
   Audience	
   studies	
   in	
   mass	
   communication	
   with	
   the	
   usage	
   of	
   the	
  
Dependency	
  theory,	
  Gatekeeping	
  theory	
  and	
  Uses	
  &	
  Gratifications	
  theory	
  could	
  be	
  a	
  good	
  starting	
  point	
  to	
  see	
  
how	
  we	
  could	
  improve	
  the	
  language	
  to	
  present	
  our	
  research	
  studies.	
  On	
  the	
  other	
  hand,	
  we	
  should	
  present	
  our	
  
paper	
  for	
  the	
  different	
  research	
  communities	
  so	
  that	
  they	
  could	
  use	
  the	
  language	
  of	
  our	
  field.	
  	
  
 
15	
  
	
  
	
  
BROWN,	
  CECELIA	
  &	
  ABBAS,	
  JUNE	
  	
  
University	
  of	
  Oklahoma	
  
Scholar’s	
  Perceptions	
  of	
  Institutional	
  Repositories	
  for	
  Collaborative	
  	
  
Institutions	
   worldwide	
   have	
   created	
   a	
   host	
   of	
   openly	
   accessible	
   online	
   repositories	
   populated	
   with	
   locally	
  
produced	
   scholarly	
   works.	
   Online	
   institutional	
   repositories	
   (IRs)	
   are	
   touted	
   as	
   innovative	
   mechanisms	
   for	
  
scholars	
  to	
  organize	
  and	
  store	
  their	
  research	
  related	
  information	
  and	
  for	
  broad	
  dissemination	
  and	
  long-­‐term	
  
preservation	
  of	
  an	
  institution’s	
  intellectual	
  capital.	
  Provision	
  of	
  outlets	
  for	
  scholars	
  to	
  quickly	
  and	
  easily	
  share	
  
thoughts,	
  ideas,	
  and	
  data	
  beyond	
  the	
  confines	
  of	
  traditional	
  communication	
  channels	
  can	
  transform	
  the	
  way	
  
they	
  communicate	
  with	
  one	
  another	
  and	
  hence	
  advance	
  understanding	
  of	
  the	
  world	
  and	
  create	
  new	
  knowledge.	
  
Information	
  professionals	
  appreciate	
  these	
  attributes	
  of	
  IRs	
  yet	
  scholars	
  in	
  other	
  fields	
  who	
  are	
  accustomed	
  to	
  
the	
   traditional	
   peer-­‐reviewed	
   system	
   of	
   scholarly	
   communication	
   may	
   not	
   recognize	
   the	
   benefits	
   of	
   openly	
  
accessible	
  IRs.	
  Yet,	
  for	
  an	
  IR	
  to	
  be	
  successful	
  and	
  enduring	
  it	
  must	
  be	
  considered	
  beneficial	
  to,	
  and	
  used	
  by,	
  the	
  
intended	
  audience.	
  Therefore,	
  as	
  the	
  initial	
  step	
  in	
  the	
  development	
  of	
  our	
  institution’s	
  IR,	
  our	
  research	
  seeks	
  to	
  
first	
   understand	
   the	
   perceptions	
   held	
   by	
   faculty	
   members	
   in	
   a	
   range	
   of	
   disciplines	
   about	
   the	
   benefits,	
  
drawbacks,	
  and	
  uses	
  of	
  IRs	
  for	
  their	
  scholarly	
  information	
  seeking	
  and	
  sharing.	
  By	
  being	
  informed	
  and	
  guided	
  by	
  
the	
  information	
  habits,	
  needs,	
  and	
  desires	
  of	
  the	
  audience	
  for	
  whom	
  the	
  IR	
  is	
  designed,	
  it	
  is	
  hoped	
  that	
  the	
  
resultant	
  IR	
  will	
  align	
  well	
  with	
  the	
  ways	
  our	
  users	
  want	
  and	
  need	
  to	
  share	
  and	
  seek	
  scholarly	
  information.	
  Also,	
  
by	
  using	
  the	
  research	
  as	
  an	
  opportunity	
  to	
  convey	
  the	
  benefits	
  of	
  an	
  IR	
  to	
  the	
  scholars	
  whose	
  information	
  needs,	
  
uses,	
   and	
   desires	
   we	
   are	
   continually	
   are	
   striving	
   to	
   fulfill,	
   our	
   research	
   will	
   provide	
   the	
   foundation	
   for	
   the	
  
creation	
  of	
  an	
  effective	
  and	
  sustainable	
  scholarly	
  information	
  service.	
  	
  
	
  
 
16	
  
	
  
	
  
CAIDI,	
  NADIA,	
  FISER,	
  ADAM	
  &	
  LAM,	
  MARGARET	
  	
  
University	
  of	
  Toronto	
  
Trial	
  by	
  Fire:	
  Teaching	
  Community	
  Engagement	
  	
  
The	
  potentials	
  and	
  challenges	
  of	
  collaborative	
  information	
  seeking	
  and	
  sharing	
  are	
  never	
  as	
  evident	
  as	
  when	
  one	
  
undertakes	
  a	
  ‘real	
  life’	
  project	
  that	
  entails	
  working	
  with	
  stakeholders.	
  The	
  need	
  to	
  establish	
  trust	
  emerges,	
  as	
  
issues	
  of	
  consensus	
  building,	
  defining	
  what	
  is	
  desired	
  vs.	
  possible,	
  what	
  is	
  needed	
  vs.	
  useful	
  come	
  forward.	
  The	
  
necessary	
  skills	
  to	
  maintain	
  effective	
  communication	
  —	
  such	
  as	
  listening	
  skills,	
  creativity	
  and	
  even	
  a	
  dose	
  of	
  
humour	
  —	
  are	
  not	
  honed	
  nearly	
  enough	
  at	
  our	
  iSchools.	
  What	
  can	
  we	
  do	
  to	
  prepare	
  the	
  next	
  generation	
  of	
  
information	
  professionals	
  to	
  work	
  effectively	
  in	
  a	
  collaborative	
  context?	
  	
  
At	
  the	
  Univ.	
  of	
  Toronto,	
  the	
  On-­‐Demand	
  Book	
  Service	
  (ODBS)	
  project	
  served	
  as	
  the	
  core	
  curriculum	
  material	
  for	
  
a	
  course	
  on	
  "Information	
  and	
  Culture	
  in	
  a	
  Global	
  Context".	
  Conceived	
  in	
  collaboration	
  with	
  the	
  KO	
  Research	
  
Institute	
  (KORI),	
  the	
  ODBS	
  has	
  the	
  vision	
  of	
  utilizing	
  ICTs	
  to	
  bring	
  physical	
  books	
  into	
  remote	
  communities	
  that	
  
lack	
  the	
  access	
  to	
  printed	
  content	
  that	
  we	
  all	
  take	
  for	
  granted.	
  In	
  the	
  process	
  of	
  negotiating	
  the	
  project	
  with	
  the	
  
stakeholders	
  involved,	
  students	
  confronted	
  the	
  real	
  challenges	
  faced	
  by	
  isolated	
  Northern	
  native	
  communities	
  in	
  
the	
  form	
  of	
  four	
  teams:	
  community	
  research,	
  digital	
  contents,	
  system	
  design,	
  and	
  communication	
  &	
  outreach.	
  
Students	
   experienced	
   a	
   ‘trial	
   by	
   fire’	
   mode	
   of	
   learning,	
   while	
   being	
   mentored	
   by	
   members	
   of	
   our	
   partner	
  
communities	
   through	
   recurrent	
   videoconferencing	
   and	
   online	
   discussions	
   (odbs.knet.ca).	
   These	
   mentors	
   also	
  
facilitated	
  community	
  engagement	
  at	
  various	
  stages	
  of	
  the	
  class.	
  	
  
By	
  participating	
  in	
  a	
  real	
  world	
  project,	
  the	
  students	
  discovered	
  for	
  themselves	
  the	
  need	
  for	
  collaborative	
  and	
  
participatory	
  research.	
  They	
  left	
  a	
  rich	
  legacy	
  consisting	
  of	
  surveys,	
  collection	
  development	
  policy,	
  wireframe	
  
system	
  design,	
  promotional	
  materials	
  and	
  final	
  team	
  reports.	
  These	
  artifacts	
  represent	
  not	
  only	
  the	
  groundwork	
  
for	
  the	
  future	
  of	
  the	
  ODBS	
  project,	
  but	
  also	
  the	
  surprising	
  outcomes	
  that	
  a	
  community-­‐based	
  project	
  can	
  offer	
  
the	
  various	
  stakeholders	
  of	
  such	
  a	
  course.	
  
	
  
 
17	
  
	
  
	
  
DU,	
  JIA	
  TINA	
  
Faculty	
  of	
  Science	
  and	
  Technology,	
  Queensland	
  University	
  of	
  Technology	
  
Modeling	
  Web	
  Searching	
  Process	
  	
  
This	
  paper	
  outlines	
  dissertation	
  research	
  to	
  develop	
  a	
  sound	
  Web	
  search	
  model	
  which	
  can	
  detail	
  user’s	
  cognitive	
  
processes	
  during	
  Web	
  searching.	
  Web	
  search	
  models	
  are	
  a	
  significant	
  and	
  important	
  area	
  of	
  Web	
  research.	
  Web	
  
search	
  is	
  a	
  complex	
  behavior	
  involving	
  users’	
  cognitive	
  efforts.	
  To	
  more	
  deeply	
  understand	
  the	
  dynamic	
  and	
  
interactive	
  behaviors	
  involved	
  in	
  the	
  Web	
  search,	
  we	
  need	
  to	
  examine	
  in	
  more	
  detail	
  important	
  aspects	
  of	
  users’	
  
Web	
   search	
   behavior,	
   such	
   as	
   multitasking,	
   cognitive	
   coordination	
   and	
   cognitive	
   shifting.	
   Web	
   searching	
  
includes	
   multitasking	
   processes	
   and	
   the	
   allocation	
   of	
   cognitive	
   resources	
   among	
   several	
   tasks,	
   and	
   shifts	
   in	
  
cognitive,	
  problem	
  and	
  knowledge	
  states	
  at	
  different	
  levels.	
  Cognitive	
  shifting	
  is	
  also	
  an	
  important	
  research	
  area	
  
for	
  understanding	
  users’	
  cognitive	
  processes	
  associated	
  with	
  Web	
  searching.	
  In	
  addition,	
  cognitive	
  coordination	
  
mechanisms	
   allow	
   humans	
   to	
   manage	
   dependences	
   among	
   information	
   tasks	
   and	
   the	
   resources	
   available.	
  
However,	
   few	
   studies	
   have	
   modeling	
   the	
   nature	
   of	
   and	
   relationship	
   between	
   multitasking,	
   cognitive	
  
coordination	
  and	
  cognitive	
  shifts	
  during	
  Web	
  searching.	
  	
  
According	
  to	
  the	
  pioneering	
  information	
  scientists’	
  statement,	
  the	
  key	
  to	
  the	
  future	
  of	
  information	
  systems	
  and	
  
searching	
  processes	
  lay	
  not	
  in	
  increased	
  sophistication	
  of	
  technology,	
  but	
  in	
  increased	
  understanding	
  of	
  human	
  
involvement	
   with	
   information.	
   Modeling	
   how	
   users	
   conduct	
   Web	
   search	
   interactions	
   from	
   cognitive	
  
perspectives	
  has	
  important	
  implications	
  for	
  the	
  design	
  of	
  Web	
  search	
  engines.	
  The	
  study	
  aims	
  to	
  model	
  the	
  
relationship	
   between	
   multitasking,	
   cognitive	
   coordination	
   and	
   cognitive	
   shifts	
   during	
   Web	
   search.	
   Research	
  
questions	
  to	
  be	
  addressed	
  in	
  this	
  study	
  are:	
  (1)	
  how	
  do	
  users	
  conduct	
  Web	
  searching	
  on	
  multiple	
  information	
  
problems?	
  (2)	
  What	
  are	
  the	
  different	
  levels	
  of	
  cognitive	
  coordination	
  during	
  Web	
  searching?	
  (3)	
  What	
  are	
  the	
  
types	
   of	
   cognitive	
   shifts	
   occurring	
   during	
   specific	
   information	
   problems	
   searching?	
   A	
   preliminary	
   model	
   was	
  
developed	
  based	
  on	
  the	
  pilot	
  study	
  results	
  depicting	
  the	
  relationship	
  that	
  cognitive	
  coordination	
  is	
  the	
  hinge	
  
linking	
  multitasking	
  episode	
  and	
  cognitive	
  shifts	
  that	
  move	
  users’	
  through	
  their	
  Web	
  search	
  interactions.	
  
	
  
 
18	
  
	
  
	
  
FOSTER,	
  JONATHAN1
,	
  WU,	
  MEI-­‐MEI2
	
  &	
  LIN,	
  ANGELA1
	
  	
  
1	
  
Department	
  of	
  Information	
  Studies,	
  University	
  of	
  Sheffield,	
  UK	
  	
  
2	
  
Graduate	
  Institute	
  of	
  Library	
  &	
  Information	
  Studies,	
  National	
  Taiwan	
  Normal	
  University,	
  Taiwan	
  
Collaborative	
  Information	
  Seeking	
  and	
  Sharing	
  in	
  Educational	
  Settings:	
  Identifying	
  the	
  Challenges	
  	
  
Collaborative	
  information	
  seeking	
  and	
  sharing	
  has	
  rapidly	
  become	
  an	
  established	
  area	
  of	
  study	
  in	
  recent	
  years	
  
with	
  research	
  having	
  now	
  been	
  completed	
  in	
  a	
  range	
  of	
  domains	
  and	
  contexts	
  (e.g.	
  Foster,	
  in	
  press).	
  One	
  of	
  the	
  
contexts	
   in	
   which	
   studies	
   have	
   been	
   conducted	
   are	
   educational	
   settings.	
   In	
   such	
   settings	
   students	
   are	
   often	
  
presented	
   with	
   a	
   learning	
   activity	
   designed	
   to	
   motivate	
   them	
   to	
   seek,	
   evaluate,	
   and	
   use	
   information	
   on	
   a	
  
collaborative	
   basis.	
   Designing	
   and	
   facilitating	
   learning	
   activities	
   that	
   encourage	
   collaborative	
   information	
  
behaviour	
  transforms	
  the	
  relationship	
  between	
  students	
  and	
  information	
  by	
  introducing	
  the	
  role	
  of	
  the	
  student	
  
peer	
  as	
  an	
  important	
  influence	
  on	
  the	
  identification	
  and	
  negotiation	
  of	
  information	
  needs,	
  the	
  development	
  of	
  
search	
  strategies,	
  and	
  the	
  sharing,	
  evaluation,	
  and	
  use	
  of	
  the	
  information	
  once	
  retrieved.	
  In	
  doing	
  so	
  a	
  set	
  of	
  
new	
   factors	
   enter	
   into	
   the	
   student-­‐information	
   relationship	
   that	
   include	
   the	
   deployment	
   of	
   social	
   and	
  
interpersonal	
  skills,	
  discussion	
  skills,	
  and	
  the	
  use	
  of	
  technology	
  that	
  enables	
  students	
  to	
  search,	
  share,	
  evaluate,	
  
and	
  present	
  information	
  together.	
  	
  
Our	
  approach	
  to	
  understanding	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior	
  in	
  educational	
  settings	
  has	
  been	
  to	
  observe	
  
students’	
   participation	
   in	
   group	
   learning	
   activities	
   that	
   motivate	
   students	
   to	
   seek	
   and	
   use	
   information	
   on	
   a	
  
collaborative	
  basis.	
  In	
  doing	
  so	
  we	
  have	
  sought	
  to	
  understand	
  the	
  conditions	
  that	
  enable	
  and	
  constrain	
  students’	
  
participation	
  in	
  these	
  activities	
  and	
  the	
  information	
  tasks	
  that	
  are	
  embedded	
  within	
  them.	
  Enabling	
  conditions	
  
that	
  we	
  have	
  identified	
  to	
  date	
  include	
  the	
  ability	
  to	
  identify	
  different	
  information	
  sources;	
  formulation	
  of	
  a	
  
group	
  focus;	
  the	
  deployment	
  of	
  discussion	
  skills	
  including	
  the	
  use	
  of	
  collaborative	
  forms	
  of	
  talk;	
  an	
  emphasis	
  on	
  
information	
   seeking	
   as	
   meaning-­‐making	
   rather	
   than	
   the	
   retrieval	
   and	
   use	
   of	
   information	
   per	
   se;	
   and	
   the	
  
utilization	
  of	
  technology	
  that	
  aids	
  in	
  the	
  organisation,	
  analysis,	
  and	
  presentation	
  of	
  information	
  (Foster,	
  2009;	
  
Wu	
  and	
  Foster,	
  2009).	
  Constraining	
  conditions	
  and	
  barriers	
  include:	
  the	
  impact	
  of	
  students’	
  levels	
  of	
  domain	
  
knowledge	
  on	
  topic	
  identification;	
  division	
  of	
  labour	
  and	
  role	
  assignment	
  within	
  the	
  group;	
  the	
  varying	
  abilities	
  
of	
  different	
  groups	
  to	
  search,	
  share,	
  organize	
  and	
  integrate	
  information;	
  students’	
  levels	
  of	
  communication	
  and	
  
social	
  skills;	
  and	
  group’s	
  dependence	
  on/independence	
  from	
  the	
  tutor.	
  	
  
Educational	
  tools	
  that	
  aid	
  students	
  in	
  the	
  collaborative	
  search	
  and	
  discussion	
  of	
  the	
  information	
  that	
  is	
  being	
  
sought,	
   shared,	
   and	
   presented,	
   need	
   to	
   be	
   developed,	
   implemented,	
   and	
   evaluated.	
   The	
   facilitation	
   of	
  
collaborative	
  learning	
  activities	
  and	
  information	
  also	
  impacts	
  on	
  tutors	
  and	
  their	
  own	
  professional	
  development	
  
needs	
  should	
  also	
  be	
  addressed.	
  	
  
From	
  a	
  pedagogical	
  standpoint	
  there	
  are	
  many	
  educational	
  benefits	
  to	
  be	
  derived	
  from	
  motivating	
  students	
  to	
  
engage	
  in	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior.	
  These	
  include	
  developing	
  their	
  cooperative	
  planning	
  and	
  search	
  
skills;	
  and	
  their	
  communication,	
  information	
  management,	
  and	
  social	
  skills.	
  The	
  dissemination	
  of	
  these	
  benefits	
  
can	
  act	
  as	
  a	
  bridge	
  to	
  other	
  information	
  research	
  communities	
  to	
  the	
  involvement	
  of	
  other	
  information	
  research	
  
communities	
  in	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior	
  research.	
  
References	
  	
  
Foster,	
  J.,	
  (Ed.)	
  (in	
  press).	
  Collaborative	
  information	
  behavior:	
  User	
  engagement	
  and	
  communication	
  sharing.	
  
Hershey,	
  PA:	
  IGI	
  Global.	
  	
  
Foster,	
  J.	
  (2009).	
  Understanding	
  interaction	
  in	
  information	
  seeking	
  and	
  use	
  as	
  a	
  discourse.	
  Journal	
  of	
  
Documentation,	
  65(1),	
  83-­‐105.	
  	
  
 
19	
  
	
  
Wu,	
  M-­‐M.	
  &	
  Foster,	
  J.	
  (2009,	
  October).	
  Collaborative	
  information	
  seeking	
  strategies	
  for	
  group	
  investigation.	
  
Paper	
  presented	
  at	
  the	
  Social	
  Change	
  and	
  Library	
  Services	
  Conference,	
  Taichung,	
  Taiwan:	
  National	
  Chung	
  Hsing	
  
University,	
  Graduate	
  Institute	
  of	
  Library	
  and	
  Information	
  Science.	
  	
  
FULTON,	
  CRYSTAL	
  	
  
University	
  College	
  Dublin	
  	
  
Collaboration	
   is	
   now	
   a	
   high	
   priority	
   for	
   researchers	
   across	
   a	
   range	
   of	
   disciplines,	
   with	
   collaborative	
   efforts	
  
occurring	
   within	
   and	
   between	
   groups.	
   The	
   symposium	
   offers	
   an	
   important	
   opportunity	
   to	
   address	
   both	
   our	
  
potential	
  and	
  ongoing	
  collaboration	
  as	
  researchers,	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  insights	
  we	
  have/continue	
  to	
  gain	
  from	
  observing	
  
collaboration	
  between	
  individuals/groups	
  in	
  the	
  field.	
  	
  
As	
  researchers	
  of	
  Information	
  Behaviour,	
  we	
  are	
  well	
  positioned	
  to	
  take	
  part	
  in	
  new	
  and	
  ongoing	
  collaboration,	
  
not	
  least	
  because	
  of	
  our	
  interdisciplinary	
  tradition	
  in	
  LIS,	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  the	
  encompassing	
  nature	
  of	
  Information	
  
Behaviour	
  which	
  extends	
  to	
  a	
  vast	
  array	
  of	
  topics	
  and	
  contexts.	
  How	
  we	
  collaborate	
  and	
  manage	
  collaboration	
  
would	
  seem	
  to	
  be	
  two	
  of	
  the	
  key	
  challenges	
  for	
  creating	
  sustained	
  partnerships.	
  	
  
For	
   instance,	
   what	
   particular	
   means	
   of	
   collaboration	
   will	
   help	
   highlight	
   our	
   research	
   and	
   its	
   potential	
  
contribution	
  to	
  research	
  with	
  other	
  individuals	
  and	
  groups?	
  	
  
How	
   can	
   and	
   should	
   we	
   lead	
   collaborative	
   research?	
   A	
   combination	
   of	
   our	
   seemingly	
   endless	
   LIS	
   identity	
  
struggle	
  and	
  the	
  ongoing	
  lack	
  of	
  external	
  awareness	
  of	
  our	
  area	
  and	
  work	
  mean	
  that	
  it	
  can	
  be	
  all	
  too	
  easy	
  to	
  be	
  
invisible	
  or	
  cast	
  in	
  a	
  supporting	
  role	
  –	
  when	
  we	
  have	
  the	
  potential	
  to	
  do	
  much	
  more.	
  	
  
What	
   lessons	
   are	
   there	
   to	
   be	
   learned	
   from	
   the	
   individuals/groups	
   we	
   study?	
   One	
   of	
   my	
   current	
   research	
  
interests	
  involves	
  exploring	
  how	
  older	
  adults	
  explore	
  information	
  together.	
  While	
  older	
  adults	
  are	
  often	
  tagged	
  
as	
   isolated,	
   lagging	
   behind	
   in	
   trends	
   in	
   technology,	
   etc.,	
   some	
   older	
   adults	
   adopt	
   particular	
   collaborative	
  
approaches	
   to	
   tackling	
   information	
   problems.	
   How	
   can	
   the	
   groups	
   we	
   study	
   inform	
   our	
   understanding	
   of	
  
collaboration	
  and	
  own	
  collaborative	
  practices?	
  	
  
	
  
 
20	
  
	
  
	
  
GENUIS,	
  SHELAGH	
  K.	
  	
  
Interdisciplinary	
  PhD	
  Candidate,	
  School	
  of	
  Library	
  and	
  Information	
  Studies,	
  and	
  the	
  Faculty	
  of	
  Nursing	
  	
  
University	
  of	
  Alberta,	
  Canada	
  	
  
As	
  a	
  new	
  researcher	
  in	
  the	
  area	
  of	
  Information	
  Needs,	
  Seeking	
  &	
  Use,	
  my	
  doctoral	
  research	
  focuses	
  on	
  the	
  day-­‐
to-­‐day	
   experiences	
   of	
   individuals	
   as	
   they	
   interact	
   with	
   and	
   integrate	
   health	
   information	
   in	
   situations	
   where	
  
health	
  evidence	
  is	
  uncertain	
  and	
  evolving.	
  Much	
  has	
  been	
  written	
  about	
  evidence-­‐based	
  practice	
  (EBP)	
  within	
  
health	
   fields,	
   and	
   the	
   challenges	
   encountered	
   when	
   striving	
   to	
   translate	
   medical	
   knowledge	
   into	
   practice;	
  
however,	
  little	
  attention	
  is	
  paid	
  to	
  (1)	
  the	
  provisional,	
  emergent	
  and	
  incomplete	
  nature	
  of	
  medical	
  evidence	
  
(Upshur	
   2001),	
   and	
   (2)	
   knowledge	
   translation	
   (KT)	
   as	
   an	
   personal,	
   on-­‐going	
   process	
   of	
   social	
   construction	
  
(Gherardi	
  2006).	
  The	
  dilemma	
  presented	
  by	
  emergent	
  or	
  evolving	
  health	
  information	
  is	
  magnified	
  for	
  consumers	
  
making	
   health	
   decisions	
   within	
   the	
   context	
   of	
   everyday	
   life.	
   Within	
   this	
   context	
   individuals	
   are	
   frequently	
  
translating,	
  assimilating	
  and	
  responding	
  to	
  health	
  information	
  mediated	
  by	
  a	
  wide	
  range	
  of	
  formal	
  and	
  informal	
  
sources	
  including	
  health	
  professionals,	
  the	
  media,	
  internet	
  sources,	
  advertising,	
  and	
  personal	
  contacts.	
  While	
  
some	
   of	
   these	
   information	
   sources	
   focus	
   on	
   static	
   information	
   provision	
   and	
   many	
   involve	
   one-­‐on-­‐one	
  
interaction,	
  social	
  and	
  collaborative	
  environments	
  (e.g.	
  online	
  discussion	
  groups	
  and	
  blogs,	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  face-­‐to-­‐
face	
  group	
  environments)	
  draw	
  attention	
  to	
  (1)	
  information	
  encounters	
  as	
  reality-­‐constructing,	
  meaning-­‐making	
  
experiences	
  and	
  (2)	
  health	
  information	
  as	
  something	
  that	
  is	
  “moved	
  and	
  shaped	
  in	
  unique	
  ways”	
  within	
  the	
  
context	
  of	
  the	
  individual’s	
  relationships	
  with	
  other	
  people	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  their	
  time	
  and	
  space	
  (Dervin	
  1983,	
  169).	
  	
  
While	
  research	
  related	
  to	
  EBP	
  and	
  KT	
  continues	
  to	
  emphasize	
  the	
  uptake	
  of	
  knowable	
  reality,	
  research	
  related	
  
to	
  Information	
  Behavior	
  and	
  social/collaborative	
  environments	
  has	
  potential	
  to	
  make	
  valuable	
  theoretical	
  and	
  
practical	
  contributions	
  to	
  health	
  fields	
  by	
  bringing	
  focus	
  to	
  the	
  social	
  nature	
  of	
  KT.	
  This,	
  in	
  turn,	
  draws	
  attention	
  
beyond	
   evidence	
   as	
   implementable	
   ‘fact’	
   to	
   a	
   constructionist	
   view	
   of	
   KT	
   as	
   an	
   active	
   process	
   in	
   which	
   new	
  
understanding	
   is	
   constructed	
   from	
   encountered	
   information,	
   existing	
   knowledge	
   structures,	
   personal	
  
experience,	
  and	
  socio-­‐cultural	
  environments	
  (Talja,	
  Tuominen,	
  and	
  Savolainen	
  2005).	
  Research	
  focusing	
  on	
  KT	
  as	
  
a	
  socially	
  constructed	
  process	
  will	
  not	
  only	
  illuminate	
  the	
  transformative	
  relationship	
  between	
  information	
  and	
  
people,	
   it	
   will	
   inform	
   development	
   of	
   effective	
   products	
   and	
   services	
   which	
   will	
   facilitate	
   effective	
   health	
  
information	
  behaviour.	
  	
  
References	
  	
  
Dervin,	
  B.	
  1983.	
  Information	
  as	
  a	
  user	
  construct:	
  The	
  relevance	
  of	
  perceived	
  information	
  needs	
  to	
  synthesis	
  and	
  
interpretation.	
  In	
  Knowledge	
  Structure	
  and	
  Use:	
  Implications	
  for	
  Synthesis	
  and	
  Interpretation,	
  eds.	
  Spencer	
  A.	
  
Ward,	
  and	
  Linda	
  J.	
  Reed,	
  153-­‐83.	
  Philadelphia:	
  Temple	
  University	
  Press.	
  	
  
Gherardi,	
  S.	
  2006.	
  From	
  organizational	
  learning	
  to	
  knowing	
  in	
  practice.	
  In	
  Organizational	
  knowledge:	
  The	
  texture	
  
of	
  workplace	
  learning,	
  ed.	
  S.	
  Gherardi,	
  1-­‐44.	
  Malden,	
  MA:	
  Blackwell.	
  	
  
Talja,	
  S.,	
  K.	
  Tuominen,	
  and	
  R.	
  Savolainen.	
  2005.	
  "Isms"	
  in	
  information	
  science:	
  Constructivism,	
  collectivism	
  and	
  
constructionism.	
  Journal	
  of	
  Documentation	
  61	
  (1):	
  79-­‐101.	
  	
  
Upshur,	
  R.	
  E.	
  2001.	
  The	
  status	
  of	
  qualitative	
  research	
  as	
  evidence.	
  In	
  The	
  Nature	
  of	
  Qualitative	
  Evidence,	
  eds.	
  J.	
  
M.	
  Morse,	
  J.	
  M.	
  Swanson,	
  and	
  A.	
  J.	
  Kuzel,	
  5-­‐26.	
  Thousand	
  Oaks:	
  Sage.	
  	
  
 
21	
  
	
  
	
  
GOGGINS,	
  SEAN1
	
  &	
  ERDELEZ,	
  SANDA2
	
  	
  
1	
  
Drexel	
  University,	
  2
	
  University	
  of	
  Missouri	
  
Collaborative	
  Information	
  Behavior	
  in	
  Online	
  Groups	
  	
  
We	
  are	
  in	
  an	
  age	
  where	
  social	
  information,	
  reference	
  information	
  and	
  situational	
  information	
  are	
  presented	
  
electronically,	
  quickly,	
  and	
  across	
  contexts.	
  People	
  adapt	
  to	
  these	
  changing	
  information	
  horizons	
  (Sonnenwald,&	
  
Wildemuth,	
  2001)	
  primarily	
  as	
  individuals.	
  Online	
  social	
  network	
  sites	
  like	
  Facebook	
  and	
  Myspace	
  demonstrate	
  
the	
  potential	
  for	
  incorporating	
  external,	
  social	
  feedback	
  within	
  the	
  boundaries	
  of	
  an	
  individual’s	
  information	
  
horizon.	
  The	
  goal	
  of	
  our	
  research	
  is	
  to	
  build	
  theory	
  to	
  explain	
  how	
  electronically	
  mediated	
  communities’	
  and	
  
groups’	
  share,	
  develop	
  and	
  build	
  information	
  collaboratively.	
  	
  
Completely	
  online	
  graduate	
  student	
  courses	
  provide	
  an	
  especially	
  compelling	
  test	
  bed	
  for	
  understanding	
  the	
  
transformative	
  relationships	
  that	
  are	
  possible	
  between	
  people	
  and	
  information.	
  These	
  groups	
  are	
  distinct	
  from	
  
more	
  extensively	
  researched	
  online	
  groups	
  and	
  communities	
  –	
  Facebook	
  Groups,	
  Wikipedia	
  groups	
  and	
  teams	
  in	
  
the	
  free	
  and	
  open	
  source	
  software	
  movement	
  (FOSS)	
  –	
  in	
  three	
  significant	
  ways.	
  First,	
  their	
  members	
  have	
  a	
  
common	
  organizational	
  affiliation,	
  similar	
  to	
  work	
  groups	
  or	
  student	
  groups	
  in	
  face-­‐to-­‐face	
  settings.	
  Second,	
  also	
  
like	
  members	
  of	
  face-­‐to-­‐face	
  groups,	
  an	
  organizational	
  leader	
  or	
  instructor	
  often	
  assigns	
  group	
  members	
  to	
  their	
  
groups.	
  Finally,	
  like	
  many	
  but	
  not	
  all	
  FOSS	
  and	
  Wikipedia	
  groups,	
  the	
  groups	
  we	
  study	
  do	
  not	
  meet	
  face-­‐to-­‐face.	
  	
  
We	
   learned	
   that	
   collaborative	
   information	
   behavior	
   in	
   technology	
   mediated	
   groups	
   is	
   challenging	
   because	
  
members	
  share	
  some	
  information	
  resources	
  in	
  common,	
  such	
  as	
  those	
  contained	
  within	
  the	
  collaborative	
  tools	
  
they	
  use,	
  but	
  also	
  rely	
  on	
  information	
  resources	
  unique	
  to	
  each	
  individual’s	
  physical	
  location	
  and	
  internet	
  use	
  
habits.	
   Sonnenwald	
   (1999)	
   first	
   identified	
   these	
   different	
   arrays	
   of	
   available	
   information	
   resources	
   as	
  
Information	
  Horizons,	
  suggesting	
  that	
  information	
  resources	
  are	
  used	
  to	
  a	
  greater	
  and	
  lesser	
  extent	
  depending	
  
how	
   near	
   on	
   ones	
   horizon	
   they	
   are.	
   How	
   the	
   Information	
   Horizons	
   of	
   the	
   online	
   group	
   members	
   we	
   study	
  
influence	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior	
  within	
  these	
  groups	
  is	
  illustrative	
  of	
  phenomena	
  emerging	
  from	
  the	
  
use	
  of	
  technology	
  to	
  establish	
  and	
  maintain	
  online	
  groups.	
  Collaboration	
  around	
  information	
  in	
  these	
  groups	
  is	
  
influenced	
  by	
  the	
  specific	
  information	
  in	
  the	
  group’s	
  field	
  of	
  view,	
  and	
  member	
  information	
  horizons	
  similarly	
  
influence	
  the	
  group’s	
  collaborative	
  information	
  practices.	
  	
  
The	
  goal	
  of	
  our	
  participation	
  is	
  to	
  share	
  what	
  we	
  have	
  learned	
  so	
  far	
  with	
  the	
  SIGUSE	
  community.	
  	
  
 
22	
  
	
  
	
  
HOCKEMA,	
  STEPHEN	
  	
  
University	
  of	
  Toronto	
  	
  
Thanks	
  to	
  the	
  rise	
  of	
  digital	
  “social	
  media”,	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior	
  is	
  no	
  longer	
  (if	
  it	
  ever	
  was)	
  a	
  
subset	
   of	
   information	
   behavior	
   in	
   general.	
   For	
   example,	
   the	
   Web	
   is	
   transforming	
   from	
   its	
   origins	
   as	
   a	
   place	
  
primarily	
  to	
  find	
  and	
  access	
  documents	
  to	
  a	
  place	
  to	
  also	
  interact	
  with	
  other	
  people.	
  Technologies	
  that	
  support	
  
participation	
  in	
  online	
  culture	
  also	
  simultaneously	
  support	
  and	
  transform	
  information	
  access	
  by,	
  among	
  other	
  
things,	
  supporting	
  a	
  social	
  process	
  of	
  credibility	
  assessment	
  for	
  information	
  necessary	
  to	
  effectively	
  find,	
  filter	
  
and	
  assess	
  it.	
  Indeed,	
  better	
  understanding	
  of	
  these	
  processes	
  has	
  the	
  potential	
  to	
  transform	
  our	
  understanding	
  
of	
  Information	
  itself,	
  with	
  new	
  forms	
  of	
  non-­‐traditional	
  (e.g.,	
  non-­‐document-­‐based)	
  information	
  being	
  socially	
  
co-­‐constructed	
  along	
  with	
  group	
  identities.	
  	
  
For	
  example,	
  when	
  a	
  team	
  coordinates	
  a	
  strategy	
  in	
  the	
  massively-­‐multiplayer	
  online	
  game	
  World	
  of	
  Warcraft	
  
(as	
  happens	
  many	
  thousands	
  of	
  times	
  a	
  day,	
  in	
  just	
  one	
  of	
  many	
  related	
  digital	
  social	
  media	
  contexts),	
  complex	
  
information	
  behaviors	
  take	
  place	
  in	
  real-­‐time	
  in	
  which	
  information	
  is	
  shared	
  and	
  filtered,	
  credibility/authority	
  is	
  
established,	
   objectives	
   are	
   negotiated,	
   and	
   information	
   needs	
   are	
   constructed	
   and	
   assigned	
   to	
   support	
   the	
  
collective	
   action,	
   while	
   simultaneously,	
   more	
   traditional	
   information	
   exchanges	
   (more	
   grounded	
   in	
   the	
   “real	
  
world”)	
   are	
   also	
   occurring.	
   Such	
   environments	
   are	
   as	
   yet	
   under-­‐studied	
   in	
   the	
   context	
   of	
   CIB,	
   yet	
   have	
   the	
  
potential	
  to	
  inform	
  and	
  refine	
  theories	
  that	
  pertain	
  to	
  “more	
  traditional	
  information	
  settings”.	
  	
  
While	
  I	
  expect	
  that	
  many	
  of	
  the	
  fundamental	
  questions	
  for	
  understanding	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior	
  
will	
  overlap	
  with	
  similar	
  questions	
  for	
  information	
  behavior	
  in	
  general,	
  the	
  questions	
  that	
  particularly	
  interest	
  
me	
  include:	
  	
  
• How	
   do	
   group	
   identity	
   (and	
   individual	
   roles	
   within	
   groups)	
   dynamically	
   co-­‐evolve	
   with	
   the	
   information-­‐
seeking	
  goals	
  and	
  behaviors	
  of	
  the	
  group?	
  	
  
• How	
  do	
  credibility	
  and	
  authority	
  emerge	
  within	
  collaborative	
  teams	
  and	
  how	
  is	
  this	
  mediated	
  by	
  the	
  ICTs	
  
they	
  use?	
  	
  
• How	
   are	
   processes	
   related	
   to	
   the	
   coordination	
   of	
   teams	
   intertwined	
   with	
   their	
   collective	
   information	
  
behaviors?	
  For	
  example,	
  ...	
  	
  
• How	
   does	
   the	
   process	
   of	
   recording,	
   compiling	
   and	
   categorizing	
   group	
   work	
   and	
   decisions	
   throughout	
   a	
  
collaborative	
  effort	
  affect	
  the	
  group's	
  collective	
  information	
  goals?	
  	
  
• How	
   does	
   (real-­‐time	
   or	
   delayed,	
   mediated	
   or	
   direct)	
   communication	
   among	
   group	
   members	
   about	
   the	
  
information	
  they’ve	
  found	
  individually	
  affect	
  the	
  process,	
  both	
  in	
  terms	
  of	
  dynamic	
  filtering	
  and	
  the	
  group’s	
  
evolving	
  information	
  goals?	
  	
  
While	
   the	
   World	
   of	
   Warcraft	
   example	
   above	
   was	
   meant	
   to	
   illustrate	
   potentially	
   “new”	
   types	
   of	
   emergent	
  
information,	
  there	
  are	
  also	
  myriads	
  of	
  more	
  mundane	
  ways	
  that	
  we	
  marshal	
  information	
  to	
  work	
  together	
  to	
  
solve	
  problems	
  and	
  make	
  decisions	
  every	
  day.	
  (“What/Where	
  should	
  we	
  eat	
  for	
  dinner?”	
  “Would	
  you	
  take	
  the	
  
401	
  or	
  the	
  Gardiner	
  to	
  get	
  there?”	
  “What’s	
  our	
  policy	
  on	
  expense	
  reports	
  related	
  to	
  alcohol	
  at	
  meals?”,	
  etc.)	
  
Information	
  practices	
  must	
  be	
  understood	
  as	
  embedded	
  within	
  these	
  social/cultural	
  contexts,	
  be	
  they	
  familial,	
  
organizational,	
  educational,	
  etc.	
  Our	
  research	
  cannot	
  be	
  independent	
  of	
  research	
  coming	
  from	
  sociology	
  and	
  the	
  
cognitive	
   sciences	
   on	
   group	
   decision-­‐making	
   and	
   problem	
   solving.	
   Management	
   schools	
   already	
   teach	
   these	
  
topics;	
  we	
  need	
  to	
  make	
  it	
  obvious	
  how	
  our	
  research	
  integrates	
  into	
  this	
  discourse.	
  	
  
Designers	
  understand	
  that	
  the	
  tools	
  they	
  create,	
  even	
  tools	
  they	
  envision	
  as	
  being	
  for	
  single	
  users,	
  are	
  going	
  to	
  
be	
  embedded	
  in	
  these	
  social	
  contexts	
  and	
  often	
  used	
  collaboratively	
  by	
  groups	
  (for	
  example,	
  an	
  iPhone	
  app	
  for	
  
finding	
  a	
  restaurant	
  being	
  used	
  in	
  a	
  car	
  full	
  of	
  people).	
  To	
  have	
  an	
  impact	
  on	
  their	
  practice,	
  we	
  need	
  to	
  make	
  the	
  
connections	
  of	
  our	
  work	
  to	
  these	
  common	
  environments	
  and	
  scenarios	
  explicit	
  and	
  clear.	
  	
  
Note:	
  Full	
  abstract	
  online	
  at	
  SIG	
  USE	
  wiki	
  
 
23	
  
	
  
	
  
HUVILA,	
  ISTO	
  	
  
Uppsala	
  University	
  	
  
Generally	
  speaking,	
  the	
  USE	
  research	
  may	
  be	
  argued	
  to	
  follow	
  very	
  tightly	
  the	
  changing	
  relationship	
  between	
  
people	
  and	
  information.	
  Empirical	
  research	
  on	
  actual	
  user	
  behaviour	
  brings	
  us	
  close	
  to	
  the	
  transformations	
  that	
  
are	
  happening	
  at	
  the	
  very	
  moment	
  when	
  they	
  are	
  happening.	
  I	
  have	
  found	
  numerous	
  instances	
  of	
  evidence	
  on	
  
that	
   on	
   my	
   research	
   on	
   the	
   information	
   workaof	
   various	
   groups	
   of	
   users	
   including	
   archaeologists,	
   corporate	
  
finance	
  and	
  cultural	
  heritage	
  professionals.	
  On	
  the	
  other	
  hand,	
  it	
  is	
  possible	
  that	
  the	
  more	
  abstract	
  level	
  of	
  USE	
  
research	
  that	
  focuses	
  on	
  higher	
  level	
  models	
  may	
  actually	
  miss	
  many	
  of	
  the	
  changes	
  because	
  of	
  the	
  level	
  of	
  
investigation.	
  	
  
A	
   still	
   actual	
   very	
   fundamental	
   question	
   is	
   the	
   theoretical	
   and	
   practical	
   applicability	
   of	
   our	
   results.	
   How	
   the	
  
evolving	
  information	
  practices	
  and	
  systems	
  reflect	
  the	
  increased	
  understanding	
  of	
  information	
  behaviour	
  and	
  
how	
   different	
   individual	
   studies	
   contribute	
   to	
   a	
   better	
   general	
   understanding	
   of	
   the	
   studied	
   phenomena.	
  
Another	
   equally	
   fundamental	
   question	
   is	
   that	
   what	
   do	
   we	
   exactly	
   mean	
   with	
   collaboration	
   and	
   what	
  
collaboration	
  means	
  at	
  the	
  present	
  and	
  in	
  the	
  future.	
  	
  
An	
  approach	
  to	
  a	
  greater	
  impact	
  of	
  USE	
  research	
  is	
  to	
  bridge	
  the	
  gap	
  between	
  USE	
  research	
  and	
  practice	
  is	
  to	
  
translate	
  out	
  findings	
  to	
  the	
  language	
  and	
  to	
  the	
  frameworks	
  of	
  organisations	
  and	
  designers.	
  Designers	
  need	
  to	
  
know	
   the	
   implications	
   expressed	
   in	
   language	
   of	
   design	
   and	
   in	
   a	
   form	
   that	
   matches	
   with	
   the	
   instruments	
  
designers	
  have	
  in	
  their	
  disposal.	
  A	
  collaborative	
  information	
  system	
  can	
  be	
  used	
  to	
  remedy	
  several	
  types	
  of	
  
issues	
  in	
  information	
  interactions,	
  but	
  not	
  all	
  of	
  them.	
  Similarly	
  management,	
  organisation,	
  mentoring	
  and	
  other	
  
interventions	
   are	
   keys	
   to	
   some	
   types	
   of	
   change.	
   Research	
   does	
   not	
   have	
   merely	
   practical	
   implications,	
   but	
  
implications	
  on	
  many	
  different	
  types	
  of	
  practices	
  at	
  the	
  same	
  time	
  and	
  that	
  the	
  implications	
  are	
  not	
  isolated,	
  but	
  
need	
  to	
  be	
  concerted.	
  In	
  my	
  own	
  research	
  on	
  cultural	
  heritage	
  professionals	
  I	
  have	
  sensed	
  very	
  strongly	
  that	
  not	
  
only	
   different	
   issues	
   need	
   to	
   be	
   addressed	
   same	
   time,	
   but	
   it	
   can	
   be	
   very	
   sensitive	
   how	
   and	
   in	
   what	
   order	
  
individual	
   issues	
   are	
   discussed.	
   The	
   communicative	
   problem	
   between	
   different	
   information	
   research	
  
communities	
  is	
  a	
  complex	
  issue,	
  but	
  one	
  possible	
  quite	
  effective	
  remedy	
  could	
  be	
  an	
  increased	
  inter-­‐branch	
  
research	
  interest	
  and	
  active	
  seeking	
  of	
  implications	
  of	
  e.g.	
  USE	
  research	
  to	
  e.g.	
  IR,	
  KO,	
  DL	
  or	
  IA.	
  	
  
 
24	
  
	
  
	
  
JULIEN,	
  HEIDI	
  	
  
School	
  of	
  Library	
  &	
  Information	
  Studies,	
  University	
  of	
  Alberta	
  	
  
One	
  of	
  the	
  fundamental	
  directions	
  towards	
  which	
  our	
  research	
  on	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior	
  should	
  be	
  
moving	
  is	
  increased	
  focus	
  on	
  the	
  social	
  construction	
  of	
  information	
  behavior.	
  It	
  is	
  increasingly	
  recognized	
  that	
  
information	
   behavior	
   is	
   not	
   only	
   an	
   individual	
   concern	
   (we	
   have	
   decades	
   of	
   research	
   focusing	
   on	
   cognitive,	
  
behavioral,	
  and	
  increasingly	
  affective	
  variables	
  in	
  individuals),	
  but	
  it	
  is	
  also	
  a	
  matter	
  of	
  social	
  construction.	
  That	
  
is,	
   the	
   ways	
   in	
   which	
   people	
   think	
   about,	
   access,	
   evaluate,	
   use,	
   etc.	
   information	
   are	
   profoundly	
   influenced,	
  
shaped,	
  and	
  directed	
  by	
  their	
  social	
  interactions.	
  To	
  quote	
  from	
  the	
  most	
  recent	
  ASIST	
  review	
  of	
  information	
  
behaviour	
  (2009,	
  335),	
  “McKenzie	
  (2006)	
  argued	
  that	
  “information	
  practices,”	
  specifically	
  the	
  use	
  of	
  texts,	
  can	
  
be	
  contextualized	
  within	
  larger	
  social	
  practices	
  to	
  understand	
  how	
  these	
  texts	
  mediate	
  social	
  relations	
  within	
  
local	
   contexts….	
   Talja	
   and	
   Hansen	
   (2006)	
   addressed	
   “collaborative	
   information	
   behavior”	
   as	
   an	
   important	
  
component	
  of	
  social	
  information	
  practices,	
  especially	
  information	
  sharing.”	
  It	
  is	
  evident,	
  therefore,	
  that	
  some	
  
recent	
  research	
  in	
  the	
  area	
  is	
  focusing	
  on	
  information	
  behaviour	
  as	
  a	
  social	
  construct.	
  This	
  is	
  a	
  potentially	
  fruitful	
  
direction	
   for	
   the	
   field.	
   Fundamental	
   questions	
   arising	
   from	
   increasing	
   concern	
   for	
   the	
   social	
   construction	
   of	
  
information	
   behavior	
   would	
   include:	
   What	
   are	
   the	
   social	
   practices	
   which	
   mediate	
   information	
   behavior	
   in	
  
different	
   situations/workplaces/contexts?	
   What	
   are	
   the	
   variables	
   of	
   interest	
   in	
   social	
   practices,	
   and	
   how	
   do	
  
these	
  influence	
  outcomes	
  evident	
  in	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior?	
  	
  
References	
  	
  
Fisher,	
  K.	
  &	
  Julien,	
  H.	
  (2009).	
  Information	
  behavior.	
  In	
  B.	
  Cronin	
  (Ed.),	
  Annual	
  review	
  of	
  information	
  science	
  &	
  
technology,	
  vol.	
  43	
  (pp.	
  317-­‐58).	
  Medford,	
  NJ:	
  Information	
  Today.	
  	
  
McKenzie,	
  P.	
  J.	
  (2006).	
  Mapping	
  textually	
  mediated	
  information	
  practice	
  in	
  clinical	
  midwifery	
  care.	
  In	
  A.	
  Spink,	
  &	
  
C.	
  Cole	
  (Eds.),	
  New	
  directions	
  in	
  human	
  information	
  behavior	
  (pp.	
  73-­‐92).	
  Dordrecht,	
  The	
  Netherlands:	
  Springer.	
  	
  
Talja,	
   S.	
   &	
   Hansen,	
   P.	
   (2006).	
   Information	
   sharing.	
   In	
   A.	
   Spink,	
   &	
   C.	
   Cole	
   (Eds.),	
   New	
   directions	
   in	
   human	
  
information	
  behavior	
  (pp.	
  113-­‐134).	
  Dordrecht,	
  The	
  Netherlands:	
  Springer.	
  
 
25	
  
	
  
	
  
LAM,	
  MARGARET	
  	
  
University	
  of	
  Toronto	
  	
  
Alternative	
  Perspective	
  on	
  ISU:	
  The	
  Pluralistic	
  Nature	
  of	
  Musical	
  Knowledge	
  	
  
As	
  a	
  new	
  comer	
  into	
  the	
  field	
  as	
  a	
  master’s	
  student	
  who	
  draws	
  from	
  a	
  background	
  in	
  music,	
  my	
  own	
  research	
  
interest	
  is	
  in	
  exploring	
  the	
  issues	
  around	
  the	
  sharing	
  of	
  musical	
  knowledge.	
  The	
  pervasive	
  presence	
  of	
  music	
  
makes	
  it	
  one	
  of	
  the	
  few	
  ways	
  through	
  which	
  people	
  from	
  different	
  cultures	
  make	
  connections	
  with	
  each	
  other.	
  
Once	
  you	
  find	
  a	
  common	
  music	
  interest	
  or	
  passion	
  with	
  someone	
  —	
  especially	
  if	
  it	
  is	
  a	
  rather	
  unusual	
  one	
  —	
  it	
  
can	
  turn	
  into	
  hours	
  of	
  mutual	
  sharing	
  and	
  appreciation.	
  Much	
  research	
  has	
  been	
  done	
  in	
  the	
  field	
  of	
  information	
  
seeking	
  behaviour,	
  information	
  retrieval,	
  information	
  architecture	
  and	
  system	
  design	
  to	
  facilitate	
  the	
  sharing	
  of	
  
musical	
   content.	
   With	
   all	
   the	
   advances	
   in	
   the	
   field,	
   there	
   remains	
   an	
   emerging	
   research	
   area,	
   namely,	
   how	
  
musical	
  knowledge	
  is	
  being	
  renegotiated	
  in	
  the	
  information	
  age.	
  	
  
The	
  difference	
  of	
  scope	
  lies	
  in	
  the	
  distinction	
  between	
  information,	
  and	
  knowledge.	
  A	
  tension	
  exists	
  in	
  the	
  idea	
  
that	
   music	
   is	
   somehow	
   ‘universal’,	
   yet	
   culturally	
   unique.	
   How	
   are	
   individuals	
   negotiating	
   this	
   tension	
   in	
   the	
  
context	
   of	
   ICTs?	
   New	
   user	
   groups	
   are	
   emerging	
   such	
   as	
   the	
   ‘amateur	
   teacher’	
   on	
   YouTube,	
   and	
   online	
  
knowledge	
   repositories	
   with	
   specialized	
   musical	
   knowledge	
   and	
   databases.	
   Such	
   examples	
   and	
   many	
   others	
  
manifest	
  at	
  various	
  levels	
  of	
  sophistication	
  and	
  effectiveness.	
  	
  
The	
  motivation	
  to	
  share	
  one’s	
  passion	
  for	
  music	
  by	
  every	
  means	
  possible	
  is	
  altruistic	
  in	
  nature.	
  It	
  is	
  the	
  same	
  
drive	
  that	
  led	
  to	
  some	
  of	
  the	
  earliest	
  examples	
  of	
  how	
  ICTs	
  can	
  transform	
  our	
  social	
  fabric,	
  as	
  demonstrated	
  by	
  
Napster,	
  and	
  more	
  recent	
  counterparts	
  like	
  last.fm.	
  Research	
  into	
  the	
  information	
  seeking	
  behaviour	
  of	
  music-­‐
minded	
  individuals	
  from	
  diverse	
  cultural	
  backgrounds	
  and	
  musical	
  traditions	
  can	
  bring	
  a	
  unique	
  and	
  unexpected	
  
perspective	
  on	
  the	
  future	
  of	
  the	
  information	
  landscape.	
  	
  
	
  
 
26	
  
	
  
	
  
LIMBERG,	
  LOUISE	
  	
  
Swedish	
  School	
  of	
  Library	
  and	
  Information	
  Science,	
  University	
  of	
  Borås	
  	
  
The	
  transformative	
  relationship	
  between	
  people	
  and	
  information	
  may	
  take	
  its	
  point	
  of	
  departure	
  in	
  Michael	
  
Buckland’s	
   influential	
   definition	
   of	
   information	
   as	
   “the	
   process	
   of	
   becoming	
   informed”.	
   Becoming	
   informed	
  
implies	
   a	
   change,	
   i.e.	
   transformation,	
   in	
   a	
   person.	
   In	
   his	
   definition	
   of	
   the	
   concept	
   of	
   information	
   Buckland	
  
distinguishes	
  between	
  information	
  as	
  process	
  and	
  information	
  as	
  thing.	
  Such	
  a	
  distinction	
  is	
  a	
  dualistic	
  way	
  of	
  
understanding	
  the	
  relationship	
  between	
  people	
  and	
  information.	
  	
  
A	
   sociocultural	
   perspective	
   offers	
   a	
   different,	
   non-­‐dualistic	
   view	
   of	
   the	
   relationship	
   between	
   people	
   and	
  
information,	
  claiming	
  that	
  information	
  is	
  constituted	
  through	
  the	
  interaction	
  between	
  people	
  and	
  tools,	
  thus	
  
describing	
   a	
   mutual	
   relationship	
   between	
   the	
   two.	
   Tools	
   are	
   physical	
   (e.g.	
   Google	
   or	
   print	
   sources)	
   and	
  
intellectual	
  (language)	
  and	
  are	
  seen	
  as	
  mediating	
  different	
  world	
  views.	
  In	
  my	
  view,	
  a	
  sociocultural	
  perspective	
  
of	
  information	
  seeking	
  is	
  particularly	
  appropriate	
  to	
  capture	
  the	
  transformative	
  relationship	
  between	
  people	
  
and	
  information,	
  since	
  the	
  theoretical	
  focus	
  is	
  set	
  on	
  the	
  interaction	
  between	
  people	
  and	
  tools.	
  	
  
A	
   sociocultural	
   perspective	
   further	
   emphasizes	
   that	
   various	
   human	
   activities	
   can	
   only	
   be	
   understood	
   as	
  
embedded	
  in	
  the	
  cultural	
  practices	
  in	
  which	
  they	
  are	
  being	
  carried	
  out.	
  Individuals	
  are	
  always	
  related	
  to	
  various	
  
forms	
   of	
   collective	
   activities	
   and	
   it	
   is	
   through	
   communication	
   that	
   individuals	
   become	
   members	
   of	
   different	
  
communities	
  of	
  practice.	
  This	
  means	
  that	
  information	
  seeking	
  should	
  be	
  studied	
  and	
  understood	
  as	
  embedded	
  
in	
  the	
  cultural	
  practice	
  of	
  which	
  it	
  is	
  a	
  part.	
  The	
  focus	
  on	
  interaction	
  and	
  communication	
  embedded	
  in	
  cultural	
  
practices	
   will	
   provide	
   theoretical	
   and	
   analytical	
   means	
   for	
   studying	
   collaborative	
   information	
   practices.	
   I	
   am	
  
convinced	
  that	
  studies	
  with	
  such	
  approaches	
  may	
  lead	
  to	
  findings	
  that	
  have	
  impact	
  outside	
  the	
  area	
  of	
  LIS	
  user	
  
studies.	
  My	
  own	
  experience	
  mainly	
  concerns	
  the	
  interaction	
  between	
  information	
  practices	
  and	
  learning	
  and	
  
has	
  resulted	
  in	
  fruitful	
  collaboration	
  with	
  learning	
  researchers1	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  professionals	
  in	
  educational	
  contexts	
  
such	
  as	
  school	
  and	
  higher	
  education.	
  	
  
In	
   our	
   contemporary	
   digital	
   media	
   landscapes	
   conditions	
   for	
   information	
   use,	
   learning,	
   decision-­‐making	
   and	
  
collaboration	
  are	
  fundamentally	
  transformed.	
  Central	
  research	
  questions	
  should	
  address	
  the	
  consequences	
  on	
  
various	
  societal	
  levels	
  of:	
  	
  
• a	
  shift	
  of	
  control	
  from	
  information	
  and	
  knowledge	
  workers	
  and	
  institutions	
  to	
  users	
  (students,	
  
employees,	
  citizens)	
  	
  
• a	
  shift	
  in	
  the	
  relationship	
  between	
  users	
  and	
  producers	
  of	
  information	
  	
  
• the	
  question	
  of	
  how	
  to	
  assess	
  the	
  authority	
  and	
  credibility	
  of	
  information	
  in	
  social	
  media	
  	
  
• implications	
  for	
  supervision,	
  control	
  and	
  personal	
  integrity	
  on	
  the	
  internet.	
  
	
  
 
27	
  
	
  
	
  
LUEG,	
  CHRISTOPHER	
  	
  
School	
  of	
  Computing	
  &	
  Information	
  Systems,	
  University	
  of	
  Tasmania,	
  Australia	
  
Extended	
  abstract:	
  Collaborative	
  Information	
  Behavior	
  in	
  Online	
  Communities	
  	
  
Information	
  and	
  communication	
  technologies	
  (ICTs)	
  including	
  computer	
  networks	
  have	
  revolutionized	
  the	
  way	
  
data	
  is	
  collected,	
  stored,	
  distributed	
  and	
  accessed,	
  and	
  have	
  enabled	
  the	
  "network	
  society.	
  Prior	
  to	
  the	
  advent	
  
of	
  ICTs,	
  definitions	
  of	
  community	
  focused	
  on	
  close-­‐knit	
  groups	
  in	
  a	
  single	
  local.	
  Easy	
  access	
  to	
  ICT	
  enabled	
  online	
  
communities	
  which	
  are	
  typically	
  formed	
  by	
  geographically	
  dispersed	
  members	
  (virtual	
  communities	
  that	
  have	
  
existed	
  well	
  before	
  the	
  rise	
  of	
  computer	
  networks).	
  	
  
Defining	
  what	
  exactly	
  constitutes	
  an	
  online	
  community	
  continues	
  to	
  be	
  subject	
  to	
  intense	
  discussion.	
  One	
  of	
  the	
  
reasons	
  is	
  that	
  there	
  are	
  multiple	
  dimensions	
  that	
  can	
  be	
  used	
  to	
  characterize	
  online	
  communities.	
  Technically	
  
minded	
  researchers	
  tend	
  to	
  focus	
  on	
  the	
  technology	
  utilized	
  to	
  enable	
  online	
  communities	
  a	
  (distinguishing)	
  
criterion	
  whereas	
  more	
  socially	
  oriented	
  researchers	
  tend	
  to	
  be	
  interested	
  in	
  the	
  social	
  cohesion	
  demonstrated	
  
by	
  online	
  communities	
  or	
  specific	
  characteristics	
  of	
  online	
  discussions	
  (eg	
  Marc	
  Smith	
  who	
  was	
  invited	
  speaker	
  
at	
  the	
  2007	
  SIGUSE	
  forum).	
  	
  
From	
  an	
  'information'	
  point	
  of	
  view	
  it	
  is	
  of	
  particular	
  interest	
  that	
  online	
  communities	
  are	
  increasingly	
  popular	
  
(and	
   intrinsically	
   powerful)	
   information	
   resources	
   that	
   are	
   used	
   for	
   purposes	
   including,	
   for	
   not	
   limited	
   to,	
  
evaluating	
  items	
  to	
  be	
  purchased	
  (consumer	
  communities	
  such	
  as	
  Choice	
  in	
  Australia)	
  and	
  planning	
  a	
  trip	
  (travel	
  
communities	
   such	
   as	
   Lonely	
   Planet's).	
   Often,	
   online	
   communities	
   are	
   conceptualized	
   (and	
   treated)	
   as	
  
information	
   repositories	
   that	
   are	
   functionally	
   equivalent	
   to	
   information	
   systems.	
   Often	
   they	
   are	
   accessed	
   in	
  
ways	
  similar	
  to	
  accessing	
  data	
  bases.	
  Utilizing	
  the	
  informational	
  capacity	
  of	
  online	
  communities	
  is	
  not	
  limited	
  to	
  
'google-­‐ing'	
  repositories	
  they	
  created	
  though.	
  Exploring	
  the	
  informational	
  capacity	
  of	
  online	
  communities,	
  ie	
  the	
  
capacity	
  to	
  satisfy	
  an	
  information	
  seeker's	
  information	
  needs,	
  we	
  found	
  that	
  the	
  benefit	
  of	
  querying	
  topically	
  
related	
  online	
  communities	
  as	
  part	
  of	
  an	
  information	
  seeking	
  process	
  may	
  go	
  well	
  beyond	
  the	
  provision	
  of	
  up-­‐
to-­‐date	
   or	
   "complete"	
   information	
   by	
   community	
   members.	
   The	
   main	
   benefit	
   of	
   approaching	
   an	
   online	
  
community	
  for	
  information	
  may	
  be	
  the	
  interactive	
  process	
  that	
  is	
  triggered	
  by	
  enquieries	
  and	
  that	
  helps	
  the	
  
information	
  seeker	
  clarify	
  his	
  or	
  her	
  information	
  needs.	
  	
  
For	
  this	
  workshop	
  it	
  is	
  of	
  particular	
  interest	
  that	
  the	
  interactive	
  process	
  that	
  is	
  triggered	
  by	
  enquieries	
  often	
  
constitutes	
   collaborative	
   information	
   behavior	
   in	
   the	
   sense	
   that	
   online	
   community	
   members	
   observe	
   what	
  
others	
  have	
  contributed	
  to	
  addressing	
  an	
  inquiry	
  and	
  may	
  take	
  this	
  into	
  consideration	
  when	
  contributing	
  further	
  
information.	
   In	
   this	
   sense	
   the	
   situation	
   in	
   online	
   communities	
   resembles,	
   to	
   some	
   extent,	
   the	
   collaborative	
  
information	
  setting	
  in	
  'real'	
  libraries	
  documented	
  by	
  Twidale	
  et	
  al	
  (1997).	
  	
  
I	
  am	
  particularly	
  interested	
  in	
  this	
  SIGUSE	
  workshop	
  because	
  of	
  my	
  long-­‐standing	
  interest	
  in	
  representations	
  
that	
  can	
  be	
  provided	
  for	
  aiding	
  distributed,	
  interactive	
  information	
  sharing	
  processes.	
  The	
  focus	
  on	
  interactivity	
  
and	
   turn-­‐taking	
   promoted	
   in	
   this	
   paper	
   suggests	
   to	
   explore	
   what	
   kind	
   of	
   graphical	
   and/or	
   textual	
  
representations	
   are	
   particularly	
   well-­‐suited	
   for	
   supporting,	
   initiating	
   and	
   sustaining	
   mediated	
   interaction	
   in	
  
online	
   communities.	
   This	
   shift	
   in	
   perspective	
   also	
   means	
   the	
   focus	
   of	
   research	
   is	
   not	
   so	
   much	
   on	
   how	
  
conversations	
  could	
  be	
  "marked	
  up"	
  for	
  efficient	
  retrieval	
  in	
  the	
  information	
  systems	
  sense.	
  	
  
Note:	
   References	
   available	
   online	
   at	
   SIG	
   USE	
   wiki.
 
28	
  
	
  
	
  
MIWA,	
  MAKIKO	
  	
  
The	
  Open	
  University	
  of	
  Japan/The	
  Graduate	
  University	
  of	
  Advanced	
  Studies	
  	
  
Barriers	
  to	
  Knowledge	
  Sharing	
  in	
  Science	
  	
  
The	
  inability	
  to	
  share	
  research	
  findings	
  among	
  researchers	
  engaged	
  in	
  an	
  interdisciplinary	
  research	
  project	
  may	
  
lead	
  to	
  a	
  collapse	
  of	
  the	
  project.	
  The	
  failure	
  in	
  disseminating	
  critical	
  research	
  findings	
  in	
  a	
  society	
  may	
  results	
  in	
  
rejection	
  of	
  obtaining	
  tax	
  money	
  to	
  future	
  research	
  funding.	
  With	
  this	
  serious	
  consequence	
  of	
  failures	
  in	
  sharing	
  
scientific	
  knowledge	
  in	
  mind,	
  we	
  have	
  been	
  conducting	
  a	
  case	
  study	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  identify	
  the	
  mechanisms	
  of	
  
yielding	
  such	
  failures	
  within	
  a	
  framework	
  of	
  the	
  “science	
  communication”	
  project.	
  	
  
Through	
  semi-­‐structured	
  interviews	
  using	
  a	
  modified	
  critical	
  incident	
  technique,	
  we	
  obtained	
  75	
  incidents	
  of	
  
failures	
  in	
  sharing	
  scientific	
  knowledge	
  from	
  eleven	
  researchers	
  representing	
  a	
  variety	
  of	
  research	
  areas.	
  Eight	
  
categories	
   of	
   opponents	
   for	
   these	
   failures	
   were	
   identified:	
   researchers,	
   students,	
   technicians,	
   industrialists,	
  
media	
   reporters,	
   public	
   administrators,	
   school	
   teachers,	
   and	
   citizens.	
   The	
   case	
   level	
   content	
   analysis	
   of	
  
interviews	
  revealed	
  possible	
  sources	
  of	
  failures	
  in	
  sharing	
  scientific	
  knowledge	
  for	
  each	
  category	
  of	
  opponents.	
  
Through	
  discussion	
  among	
  the	
  project	
  members,	
  we	
  categorized	
  these	
  sources	
  into	
  solvable	
  problems	
  through	
  
researchers’	
  training	
  and	
  those	
  difficult	
  to	
  solve	
  if	
  not	
  solvable.	
  	
  
The	
  solvable	
  problems	
  are:	
  	
  
• Researcher’s	
  narrow	
  field	
  of	
  vision	
  	
  
• Lack	
  of	
  sympathies	
  on	
  opponent’s	
  standpoint	
  	
  
• Difference	
  in	
  the	
  level	
  of	
  scientific	
  knowledge	
  between	
  researchers	
  and	
  opponents	
  	
  
• Poor	
  presentation	
  skills	
  of	
  researchers	
  	
  
• Researchers’	
  use	
  of	
  technical	
  terms	
  and	
  jargons	
  	
  
• Difference	
  in	
  the	
  value	
  of	
  book	
  reviews	
  between	
  media	
  reporters	
  and	
  researchers	
  	
  
• Different	
  level	
  of	
  safety	
  standards	
  between	
  science	
  and	
  engineering	
  	
  
• Limitation	
  in	
  information	
  disseminating	
  channels	
  for	
  citizens	
  	
  
Difficult	
  to	
  solve	
  problems	
  are:	
  	
  
• Differences	
  in	
  the	
  style	
  of	
  and	
  requirements	
  for	
  journal	
  articles	
  among	
  disciplines	
  	
  
• Difference	
  in	
  the	
  meaning	
  of	
  attending	
  classes	
  between	
  natural	
  sciences	
  and	
  social	
  sciences/humanities	
  	
  
• Simplistic	
  thinking	
  of	
  non-­‐researchers	
  	
  
• Leadership	
  struggles	
  between	
  researchers	
  and	
  school	
  teachers	
  	
  
• Vertical	
  division	
  of	
  administrative	
  organizations	
  	
  
• Rotation	
  of	
  personnel	
  in	
  administrative	
  organizations	
  	
  
• Underestimation	
  of	
  uncertainty	
  in	
  science	
  held	
  by	
  public	
  administrators	
  	
  
We	
   used	
   these	
   results	
   in	
   designing	
   a	
   new	
   curriculum	
   for	
   training	
   graduate	
   students	
   into	
   competent	
   science	
  
communicators	
  at	
  the	
  Graduate	
  University	
  for	
  Advanced	
  Studies.	
  We	
  continue	
  collecting	
  cases	
  from	
  different	
  
populations	
  such	
  as	
  students,	
  media	
  reporters,	
  and	
  school	
  teachers.	
  	
  
	
  
 
29	
  
	
  
	
  
MARKWEI,	
  EVELYN	
  	
  
PhD	
  Candidate,	
  School	
  of	
  Library	
  Archival	
  and	
  Information	
  Studies,	
  University	
  of	
  British	
  Columbia	
  	
  
My	
   research	
   interest	
   is	
   youth	
   information	
   seeking	
   behavior	
   and	
   I	
   am	
   presently	
   working	
   on	
   the	
   information	
  
seeking	
   behavior	
   of	
   homeless	
   youth	
   in	
   an	
   urban	
   city	
   (Accra,	
   Ghana).	
   Homeless	
   youths	
   can	
   change	
   their	
  
circumstances	
  and	
  succeed	
  as	
  adults	
  with	
  the	
  right	
  kind	
  of	
  information.	
  Governments	
  and	
  stakeholders	
  have	
  
often	
  prescribed	
  information	
  for	
  them.	
  The	
  relevance	
  of	
  such	
  prescribed	
  information	
  to	
  the	
  youths	
  is	
  however	
  
uncertain.	
  This	
  study	
  will	
  use	
  in-­‐depth	
  interviews	
  and	
  the	
  critical	
  incident	
  technique	
  to	
  investigate	
  the	
  everyday	
  
information	
  needs	
  of	
  the	
  target	
  group,	
  how	
  they	
  seek	
  information	
  to	
  meet	
  those	
  needs,	
  their	
  preferred	
  sources	
  
of	
  information	
  and	
  problems	
  they	
  encounter	
  in	
  seeking	
  information.	
  Findings	
  from	
  the	
  study	
  should	
  lead	
  to	
  clear	
  
recommendations	
   to	
   libraries	
   and	
   stakeholders,	
   for	
   more	
   effective	
   and	
   focused	
   information	
   service	
   to	
   the	
  
youths.	
  	
  
The	
  theme	
  of	
  the	
  symposium	
  may	
  be	
  expanded	
  to	
  include	
  cross-­‐cultural	
  collaboration,	
  to	
  encourage	
  researchers	
  
from	
   two,	
   or	
   more	
   countries	
   to	
   work	
   on	
   cross-­‐cultural	
   topics.	
   That	
   approach	
   will	
   have	
   several	
   benefits.	
   For	
  
example,	
   literature	
   on	
   information	
   seeking	
   research	
   reveals	
   gaps	
   in	
   the	
   body	
   of	
   knowledge	
   on	
   information	
  
seeking	
  of	
  several	
  populations	
  and	
  groups	
  from	
  several	
  regions	
  of	
  the	
  world.	
  Cross-­‐cultural	
  collaboration	
  will	
  
facilitate	
  the	
  closing	
  of	
  these	
  gaps.	
  Secondly,	
  findings	
  from	
  such	
  studies	
  will	
  inform	
  designers	
  of	
  information	
  
systems	
  for	
  the	
  regions	
  studied.	
  Such	
  knowledge	
  may	
  forestall	
  the	
  continued	
  loss	
  of	
  millions	
  of	
  dollars	
  through	
  
deployment	
  of	
  inappropriate	
  information	
  systems	
  in	
  developing	
  countries.	
  Cross-­‐cultural	
  collaboration	
  will	
  lead	
  
to	
  diversity	
  in	
  research,	
  exchange	
  of	
  skills	
  and	
  ideas,	
  and	
  increased	
  research	
  and	
  publications	
  also.	
  	
  
	
  
 
30	
  
	
  
	
  
MEYERS,	
  ERIC	
  
The	
  School	
  of	
  Library,	
  Archival,	
  and	
  Information	
  Studies,	
  University	
  of	
  British	
  Columbia	
  	
  
The	
  Complex	
  Ecology	
  of	
  Collaborative	
  Information	
  Seeking	
  in	
  the	
  Middle	
  School	
  Classroom	
  	
  	
  
Our	
   interactions	
   with	
   others	
   strongly	
   influence	
   how	
   we	
   work,	
   learn,	
   play,	
   and	
   understand	
   the	
   world.	
  
Furthermore,	
  it	
  is	
  becoming	
  clear	
  that	
  the	
  skills	
  necessary	
  for	
  success	
  in	
  the	
  21st	
  Century	
  include	
  the	
  ability	
  to	
  
communicate	
   effectively	
   and	
   efficiently	
   with	
   others,	
   to	
   collaborate	
   in	
   solving	
   ill-­‐structured	
   problems,	
   and	
   to	
  
reflect	
  on	
  group	
  goals	
  and	
  processes	
  (Bereiter	
  &	
  Scardamalia,	
  2006;	
  Eisenberg,	
  2008).	
  Group	
  learning	
  is	
  being	
  
integrated	
   into	
   school	
   curricula,	
   emphasizing	
   authentic	
   tasks	
   that	
   bring	
   students	
   together	
   in	
   collaborative	
  
learning	
   situations	
   (Gillies	
   &	
   Ashman,	
   2003;	
   O’Donnell	
   et	
   al,	
   2006).	
   Models	
   of	
   information	
   seeking	
   and	
  
information	
  retrieval,	
  however,	
  which	
  guide	
  the	
  development	
  of	
  information	
  systems,	
  services,	
  and	
  research,	
  
have	
  historically	
  been	
  based	
  on	
  the	
  assumption	
  that	
  the	
  information	
  seeker	
  is	
  an	
  individual	
  (Karamuftouglu,	
  
1998;	
   Talja	
   &	
   Hansen,	
   2006).	
   The	
   problems	
   resulting	
   from	
   this	
   contradiction	
   are	
   increasingly	
   felt	
   in	
   K-­‐12	
  
education,	
   which	
   has	
   built	
   its	
   information	
   systems	
   (print	
   and	
   digital)	
   around	
   individual	
   student	
   learning	
   and	
  
performance.	
  	
  
An	
   emerging	
   body	
   of	
   work	
   in	
   collaborative	
   information	
   seeking	
   and	
   retrieval	
   does	
   seek	
   to	
   address	
   this	
  
discrepancy.	
  Studies	
  have	
  identified	
  manifestations	
  of	
  social	
  information	
  behavior	
  in	
  diverse	
  contexts	
  (Bruce	
  et	
  
al,	
  2002;	
  Fidel	
  et	
  al,	
  2004;	
  Hyldegård,	
  2006;	
  Hyldegård	
  &	
  Ingwersen,	
  2007).	
  None	
  of	
  these	
  studies,	
  however,	
  
address	
   how	
   groups-­‐-­‐compared	
   to	
   individuals-­‐-­‐seek	
   and	
   use	
   information,	
   or	
   solve	
   information-­‐intensive	
  
problems.	
  Nor	
  have	
  LIS	
  studies	
  examined	
  the	
  outcomes	
  of	
  group	
  vs.	
  individual	
  problem	
  solving.	
  The	
  efficacy	
  of	
  
group	
   work	
   is	
   often	
   assumed,	
   but	
   not	
   (as	
   yet)	
   verified.	
   Furthermore,	
   these	
   studies	
   focus	
   on	
   adult	
   work	
   and	
  
learning	
  domains.	
  Studies	
  of	
  youth	
  or	
  student	
  information	
  seeking	
  in	
  K-­‐12	
  education	
  have	
  not	
  examined	
  the	
  
products	
  or	
  processes	
  of	
  groups	
  and	
  individual	
  learners.	
  	
  
As	
   part	
   of	
   my	
   participation	
   in	
   the	
   2010	
   SIG-­‐USE	
   colloquium,	
   I	
   will	
   discuss	
   select	
   findings	
   from	
   a	
   recently	
  
completed	
  mixed-­‐methods	
  study	
  that	
  explores	
  the	
  challenges	
  of	
  solving	
  complex	
  information	
  problems	
  alone	
  
and	
   with	
   peer	
   learners.	
   120	
   grade	
   seven	
   students	
   (ages	
   13-­‐14)	
   from	
   four	
   middle	
   school	
   science	
   classrooms	
  
completed	
   information	
   seeking	
   tasks	
   on	
   health	
   and	
   wellness	
   topics	
   in	
   two	
   order-­‐balanced	
   conditions:	
  
individually,	
   and	
   in	
   small	
   groups	
   of	
   three	
   students.	
   Each	
   student	
   completed	
   an	
   individual	
   and	
   group	
   task,	
  
providing	
  participants	
  with	
  the	
  opportunity	
  to	
  critically	
  reflect	
  on	
  their	
  work	
  under	
  different	
  conditions.	
  Analysis	
  
of	
  the	
  resulting	
  student	
  learning	
  products	
  and	
  perception	
  surveys	
  indicate	
  that	
  group	
  information	
  seeking	
  may	
  
better	
  support	
  some	
  types	
  of	
  inquiry	
  tasks	
  while	
  hampering	
  others.	
  This	
  work	
  also	
  suggests	
  key	
  intervention	
  
points	
  for	
  teachers	
  and	
  school	
  librarians	
  who	
  wish	
  to	
  successfully	
  mediate	
  student	
  research.	
  	
  
Note:	
  References	
  available	
  online	
  at	
  SIG	
  USE	
  wiki.	
  
 
31	
  
	
  
	
  
MOREY,	
  OPHELIA	
  	
  
Associate	
  Librarian,	
  University	
  at	
  Buffalo	
  Health	
  Sciences	
  Library	
  	
  
I	
  have	
  conducted	
  a	
  study	
  on	
  where	
  an	
  adult	
  minority	
  population	
  located	
  in	
  an	
  inner	
  city	
  sought	
  consumer	
  health	
  
information.	
   The	
   knowledge	
   that	
   I	
   gained	
   from	
   that	
   study	
   has	
   led	
   me	
   to	
   consider	
   how	
   information	
   seeking	
  
behavior	
  is	
  directly	
  related	
  to	
  low	
  health	
  literacy	
  and	
  health	
  disparities.	
  Since	
  most	
  of	
  the	
  participants	
  in	
  my	
  
study	
  sought	
  health	
  information	
  from	
  a	
  healthcare	
  provider	
  I	
  am	
  in	
  the	
  early	
  stages	
  of	
  gathering	
  information	
  for	
  
the	
  purpose	
  of	
  forming	
  collaborative	
  relationships	
  with	
  healthcare	
  providers	
  and/or	
  community	
  organizations	
  to	
  
improve	
  low	
  health	
  literacy	
  and	
  the	
  access	
  to	
  consumer	
  health	
  information.	
  In	
  this	
  way	
  I	
  think	
  our	
  research	
  is	
  
transformative	
  in	
  that	
  it	
  can	
  be	
  used	
  effectively	
  to	
  influence	
  people	
  in	
  diverse	
  environments/situations.	
  In	
  turn,	
  
these	
  environments/situations	
  can	
  be	
  used	
  to	
  study	
  how	
  and	
  why	
  people	
  form	
  collaborations	
  to	
  find	
  and	
  share	
  
information.	
  	
  
Since	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior	
  is	
  a	
  new	
  and	
  emerging	
  field	
  I	
  think	
  the	
  following	
  questions	
  should	
  be	
  
addressed	
  in	
  our	
  research:	
  	
  
• What	
  are	
  the	
  appropriate	
  methods	
  for	
  studying	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior?	
  	
  
• What	
  are	
  the	
  challenges	
  to	
  conducting	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior	
  research?	
  And	
  how	
  best	
  can	
  
we	
  address	
  these	
  challenges?	
  	
  
I	
  think	
  forming	
  long	
  term	
  collaborations	
  outside	
  of	
  our	
  usual	
  networks	
  could	
  lead	
  to	
  making	
  a	
  greater	
  impact	
  on	
  
organizations	
   and	
   designers.	
   I	
   am	
   interested	
   in	
   working	
   with	
   non-­‐librarians	
   because	
   this	
   will	
   help	
   to	
   gain	
   a	
  
broader	
   perspective	
   on	
   issues	
   involving	
   low	
   health	
   literacy	
   with	
   the	
   goal	
   of	
   designing	
   effective	
   programs	
   or	
  
services	
  to	
  benefit	
  consumers	
  and	
  health	
  care	
  providers.	
  	
  
A	
   case	
   study	
   approach	
   may	
   be	
   an	
   effective	
   way	
   of	
   presenting	
   collaborative	
   information	
   behavior	
   research.	
  
Although	
   case	
   study	
   research	
   can	
   be	
   complex	
   it	
   is	
   used	
   across	
   disciplines	
   and	
   can	
   allow	
   for	
   participant	
  
involvement	
  in	
  the	
  writing	
  of	
  the	
  report.	
  	
  
Reference:	
  	
  
Soy,	
  Susan	
  K.	
  (1997).	
  The	
  case	
  study	
  as	
  a	
  research	
  method.	
  Unpublished	
  paper,	
  University	
  of	
  Texas	
  at	
  Austin.	
  	
  
	
  
 
32	
  
	
  
	
  
MUMFORD,	
  JANET	
  	
  
PhD	
  student,	
  School	
  of	
  Library,	
  Archival	
  and	
  Information	
  Studies,	
  The	
  University	
  of	
  British	
  Columbia	
  	
  
The	
   theme	
   of	
   the	
   2009	
   symposium	
   of	
   the	
   Special	
   Interest	
   Group	
   on	
   Information	
   Needs,	
   Seeking,	
   and	
   Use	
  
“Collaborative	
   Information	
   Seeking	
   and	
   Sharing”	
   reflects	
   issues	
   and	
   ideas	
   that	
   are	
   highly	
   related	
   to	
   my	
   PhD	
  
research.	
  In	
  a	
  multidisciplinary	
  fashion,	
  I	
  am	
  exploring	
  and	
  investigating	
  dilemmas	
  of	
  privacy	
  that	
  are	
  provoked	
  
for	
  young	
  people,	
  parents,	
  and	
  librarians	
  when	
  youth	
  venture	
  into	
  virtual	
  worlds	
  of	
  the	
  Internet	
  and	
  interact	
  
with	
   others	
   and	
   with	
   information.	
   My	
   co-­‐supervisors	
   include	
   a	
   researcher	
   in	
   developmental	
   psychology	
   and	
  
another	
  in	
  intellectual	
  freedom.	
  My	
  committee	
  is	
  also	
  comprised	
  of	
  researchers	
  in	
  library	
  services	
  for	
  youth,	
  
information	
  seeking	
  behaviour	
  and	
  information	
  systems.	
  	
  
The	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behaviour	
  theme	
  of	
  the	
  symposium	
  speaks	
  to	
  the	
  social	
  nature	
  of	
  the	
  interactions	
  
that	
  seem	
  to	
  be	
  provoking	
  tensions	
  for	
  and	
  between	
  autonomy	
  seeking	
  youth,	
  their	
  safety	
  concerned	
  parents	
  
and	
  the	
  teacher	
  and	
  public	
  librarians	
  who	
  advocate	
  for	
  their	
  intellectual	
  freedoms	
  such	
  as	
  privacy	
  and	
  their	
  
information	
  needs	
  for	
  healthy	
  lifelong	
  development.	
  	
  
The	
   collaborative	
   theme	
   of	
   the	
   symposium	
   also	
   resonates	
   with	
   the	
   state	
   of	
   the	
   multidisciplinary	
   interest	
   in	
  
research	
   in	
   youth,	
   privacy	
   and	
   the	
   Internet.	
   Researchers	
   and	
   practitioners	
   from	
   various	
   fields	
   pose	
   different	
  
questions	
  about	
  the	
  topic	
  and	
  use	
  different	
  terminology.	
  We	
  each	
  offer	
  different	
  perspectives	
  on	
  the	
  issues.	
  We	
  
are	
  seeking	
  solutions	
  to	
  work	
  with	
  specific	
  situations	
  yet	
  more	
  and	
  more,	
  we	
  are	
  interested	
  in	
  common	
  ones.	
  To	
  
truly	
  grapple	
  with	
  and	
  understand	
  the	
  phenomena,	
  we	
  need	
  to	
  find	
  ways	
  to	
  research	
  and	
  report	
  on	
  this	
  topic	
  
collaboratively.	
  	
  
The	
   symposium	
   also	
   explores	
   the	
   transformative	
   relationships	
   between	
   users	
   and	
   information.	
   This	
   is	
   highly	
  
relevant	
  to	
  research	
  regarding	
  young	
  people	
  and	
  their	
  privacy	
  needs	
  in	
  virtual	
  environments.	
  A	
  common	
  theme	
  
in	
  the	
  research	
  across	
  disciplines	
  is	
  the	
  awareness	
  of	
  how	
  much	
  youth	
   love	
  to	
  play.	
  Researchers	
  from	
  many	
  
fields	
  have	
  long	
  been	
  curious	
  about	
  this	
  love	
  of	
  play	
  and	
  what	
  happens	
  when	
  young	
  people	
  play	
  in	
  different	
  
physical	
   environments.	
   Today,	
   the	
   Internet	
   is	
   the	
   playground	
   that	
   is	
   provoking	
   inquiry	
   from	
   and	
   providing	
   a	
  
common	
   ground	
   for	
   scholars	
   and	
   professionals	
   from	
   different	
   fields.	
   Researchers	
   are	
   wondering	
   how	
  
interactions	
  in	
  virtual	
  spaces	
  are	
  transforming	
  young	
  people’s	
  and	
  adults’	
  conceptions	
  of	
  and	
  needs	
  for	
  privacy.	
  	
  
I	
  believe	
  that	
  this	
  symposium	
  will	
  assist	
  attendees	
  to	
  explore	
  creative	
  ways	
  to	
  bring	
  researchers	
  with	
  common	
  
interests	
  together	
  so	
  we	
  can	
  better	
  share	
  our	
  knowledge	
  so	
  that	
  the	
  information	
  needs	
  of	
  the	
  people	
  about	
  
whom	
  we	
  devote	
  our	
  work	
  are	
  best	
  served.	
  	
  
	
  
 
33	
  
	
  
	
  
NESSET,	
  VALERIE	
  	
  
Assistant	
  Professor,	
  Library	
  and	
  Information	
  Studies,	
  State	
  University	
  of	
  New	
  York	
  at	
  Buffalo	
  	
  
It	
   has	
   been	
   my	
   experience	
   that	
   research	
   into	
   information-­‐seeking	
   behavior,	
   by	
   revealing	
   how	
   different	
   user	
  
groups/communities	
   search	
   for,	
   evaluate,	
   and	
   use	
   information	
   in	
   diverse	
   contexts,	
   can	
   make	
   a	
   positive	
  
contribution	
   to	
   those	
   users’	
   quality	
   of	
   life.	
   My	
   current	
   and	
   future	
   research	
   agenda	
   focuses	
   on	
   marginalized	
  
populations	
  such	
  as	
  younger	
  elementary	
  school-­‐aged	
  children,	
  emotionally	
  disturbed	
  young	
  people,	
  and	
  seniors.	
  
These	
  are	
  user	
  communities	
  that	
  are	
  often	
  marginalized	
  by	
  other	
  segments	
  of	
  society	
  and	
  do	
  not	
  often	
  seem	
  to	
  
be	
  the	
  focus	
  of	
  research	
  in	
  LIS.	
  I	
  think	
  it	
  imperative	
  that	
  we	
  study	
  such	
  groups	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  help	
  them	
  to	
  become	
  
(or	
  remain)	
  active,	
  contributing	
  members	
  of	
  society.	
  Think	
  of	
  the	
  young	
  emergent	
  reader	
  who	
  is	
  asked	
  to	
  do	
  a	
  
project	
  as	
  part	
  of	
  the	
  modern	
  classroom	
  teaching	
  approach.	
  No	
  longer	
  is	
  she	
  introduced	
  to	
  just	
  print	
  materials	
  
but	
  she	
  now	
  has	
  the	
  enormity	
  of	
  the	
  Web	
  to	
  explore.	
  Yet,	
  with	
  the	
  massive	
  amounts	
  of	
  information	
  available	
  on	
  
the	
  Web,	
  unless	
  she	
  has	
  learned	
  some	
  basic	
  information	
  literacy	
  skills	
  she	
  will	
  not	
  know	
  how	
  to	
  exploit	
  the	
  web	
  
tools	
  that	
  will	
  help	
  her	
  to	
  search	
  effectively	
  nor	
  will	
  she	
  understand	
  how	
  to	
  evaluate	
  the	
  retrieved	
  results.	
  Our	
  
research	
   into	
   this	
   area	
   can	
   help	
   to	
   inform	
   age-­‐appropriate	
   information	
   systems	
   and	
   pedagogy	
   to	
   help	
   these	
  
young	
   students.	
   Then	
   there	
   are	
   those	
   young	
   people	
   who	
   suffer	
   lasting	
   emotional	
   trauma	
   and	
   are	
   often	
  
stigmatized	
  by	
  their	
  peers.	
  What	
  information	
  do	
  they	
  need	
  and	
  via	
  which	
  media?	
  Could	
  programs	
  offered	
  by	
  
information	
   professionals	
   (e.g.	
   bibliotherapy)	
   help	
   them	
   to	
   cope	
   with	
   their	
   problems?	
   And	
   what	
   about	
   our	
  
senior	
   population?	
   This	
   is	
   a	
   group	
   that	
   is	
   growing	
   in	
   numbers	
   each	
   year	
   and	
   as	
   more	
   and	
   more	
   health	
   and	
  
government	
  information	
  is	
  migrated	
  to	
  the	
  Web,	
  seniors	
  are	
  forced	
  to	
  navigate	
  often	
  very	
  complex	
  websites	
  in	
  
order	
  to	
  find	
  the	
  information	
  they	
  seek.	
  Even	
  if	
  they	
  do	
  have	
  prior	
  computer	
  experience,	
  it	
  is	
  likely	
  in	
  areas	
  
specific	
  to	
  their	
  previous	
  jobs	
  and	
  not	
  useful	
  in	
  helping	
  them	
  in	
  a	
  web	
  context.	
  	
  
In	
  order	
  to	
  transform	
  lives,	
  we	
  need	
  to	
  ask	
  such	
  fundamental	
  questions	
  as:	
  	
  
• How	
  do	
  we	
  identify	
  the	
  areas	
  of	
  research	
  that	
  need	
  to	
  be	
  addressed—what	
  criteria	
  should	
  we	
  employ?	
  	
  
• What	
   types	
   of	
   methodologies	
   (i.e.	
   quantitative,	
   qualitative,	
   or	
   mixed)	
   are	
   appropriate	
   in	
   certain	
  
contexts?	
  	
  
• How	
  important	
  is	
  intellectual	
  development	
  in	
  LIS	
  research	
  with	
  children	
  and	
  adolescents?	
  (Related	
  to	
  
this	
  last	
  question	
  is	
  the	
  dilemma	
  of	
  lumping	
  together	
  infants	
  to	
  18-­‐year-­‐olds	
  into	
  the	
  broad	
  category,	
  
‘children’.)	
  	
  
We	
  as	
  researchers	
  can	
  make	
  an	
  impact	
  on	
  organizations	
  and/or	
  user	
  communities	
  and	
  designers	
  by	
  acting	
  as	
  
mediators	
  between	
  these	
  two	
  entities.	
  We	
  can	
  help	
  the	
  users	
  and	
  designers	
  talk	
  the	
  same	
  language.	
  By	
  bringing	
  
both	
  sides	
  together	
  in	
  a	
  collaborative	
  environment	
  we	
  can	
  work	
  together	
  to	
  design	
  systems	
  that	
  serve	
  users	
  
well.	
   Bonded	
   Design,	
   a	
   methodology	
   for	
   designing	
   information	
   technologies	
   (specifically,	
   web	
   portals)	
   for	
  
children	
   using	
   an	
   intergenerational	
   team	
   approach,	
   is	
   a	
   great	
   example	
   of	
   how	
   we	
   can	
   collaborate	
   to	
   design	
  
systems	
  that	
  work.	
  I	
  hope	
  to	
  expand	
  on	
  the	
  Bonded	
  Design	
  methodology	
  (see	
  references	
  below)	
  and	
  use	
  it	
  in	
  
different	
  contexts	
  with	
  different	
  user	
  groups	
  (e.g.	
  seniors)	
  to	
  explore	
  how	
  this	
  approach	
  can	
  make	
  a	
  difference.	
  I	
  
hope	
  to	
  include	
  not	
  only	
  information	
  technology	
  designers	
  and	
  users	
  on	
  the	
  team,	
  but	
  also	
  experts	
  in	
  health	
  and	
  
geriatric	
  issues.	
  It	
  is	
  in	
  these	
  collaborative	
  efforts	
  with	
  other	
  disciplines	
  that	
  we	
  will	
  move	
  research	
  forward	
  to	
  
design	
  programs	
  and	
  systems	
  that	
  can	
  make	
  a	
  real	
  difference	
  to	
  people’s	
  lives.	
  	
  
Note:	
  References	
  available	
  online	
  at	
  SIG	
  USE	
  wiki.	
  
	
  	
  
	
  
 
34	
  
	
  
	
  
OH,	
  SANGHEE	
  	
  
School	
  of	
  Information	
  and	
  Library	
  Science,	
  UNC-­‐Chapel	
  Hill	
  
Social	
  Q&A	
  as	
  a	
  New	
  Venue	
  for	
  Collaborative	
  Information	
  Seeking	
  and	
  Sharing	
  	
  
My	
  primary	
  interest	
  of	
  research	
  is	
  people	
  who	
  are	
  willing	
  to	
  share	
  the	
  information	
  they	
  have	
  or	
  information	
  they	
  
find	
  with	
  others.	
  The	
  particular	
  context	
  that	
  I’m	
  investigating	
  is	
  social	
  Q&A	
  services,	
  which	
  allow	
  people	
  to	
  ask	
  
and	
  answer	
  questions,	
  thus	
  sharing	
  information	
  and	
  social	
  support.	
  	
  
People	
  usually	
  consult	
  on	
  their	
  problems	
  with	
  their	
  family	
  members	
  or	
  friends.	
  However,	
  in	
  social	
  Q&A,	
  people	
  
seek	
   solutions	
   from	
   those	
   who	
   have	
   similar	
   experiences	
   or	
   expertise	
   and	
   get	
   benefit	
   from	
   the	
   Wisdom	
   of	
  
Crowds	
   (Surowiecki,	
   2004)1.	
   Thus,	
   the	
   relationship	
   between	
   people	
   and	
   information	
   should	
   be	
   redefined	
   by	
  
their	
   capabilities	
   to	
   handle	
   information	
   and	
   evaluated	
   based	
   on	
   their	
   influence	
   on	
   others	
   in	
   relation	
   to	
  
information	
   and	
   technology.	
   If	
   we	
   are	
   to	
   understand	
   social	
   Q&A	
   in	
   collaborative	
   environments,	
   we	
   need	
   to	
  
pursue	
  a	
  number	
  of	
  research	
  questions,	
  such	
  as:	
  	
  
• What	
   are	
   the	
   motivations,	
   attitudes,	
   situations	
   and	
   strategies	
   of	
   people	
   when	
   they	
   collaborate	
   with	
  
anonymous	
  others?	
  	
  
• How	
  do	
  topics,	
  genre	
  and	
  media	
  of	
  information	
  influence	
  the	
  collaboration?	
  	
  
• How	
  can	
  the	
  characteristics	
  of	
  people	
  and	
  information	
  be	
  reflected	
  in	
  improved	
  services?	
  	
  
The	
  main	
  emphasis	
  of	
  social	
  Q&A	
  designers	
  is	
  on	
  system	
  development.	
  Designers	
  believe	
  reputation	
  motivates	
  
contributions,	
  so	
  they	
  facilitate	
  scoring	
  systems	
  that	
  allow	
  people	
  to	
  earn	
  points.	
  In	
  reality,	
  people	
  may	
  have	
  
different	
  motivations	
  and	
  those	
  motivations	
  are	
  likely	
  to	
  influence	
  the	
  strategies	
  they	
  use	
  to	
  seek	
  and	
  share	
  
information	
  and	
  social	
  support.	
  My	
  current	
  research	
  is	
  collecting	
  evidence	
  about	
  the	
  reality	
  of	
  social	
  Q&A,	
  and	
  
eventually	
   will	
   contribute	
   not	
   only	
   to	
   improving	
   those	
   services,	
   but	
   also	
   to	
   encouraging	
   people	
   to	
   be	
   more	
  
naturally	
  engaged	
  in	
  social	
  Q&A.	
  	
  
From	
   a	
   broader	
   perspective,	
   it	
   is	
   important	
   to	
   emphasize	
   that	
   collaborative	
   information	
   behavior	
   is	
   a	
  
multidisciplinary	
  topic	
  of	
  research	
  and	
  to	
  ask	
  information	
  science	
  researchers,	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  researchers	
  in	
  other	
  
disciplines,	
  to	
  participate	
  in	
  this	
  endeavor.	
  For	
  example,	
  I	
  have	
  a	
  special	
  interest	
  in	
  health	
  topics	
  in	
  social	
  Q&A.	
  
My	
  findings	
  can	
  influence	
  our	
  understanding	
  of	
  people’s	
  real	
  life	
  health	
  problems	
  and	
  issues,	
  and	
  can	
  be	
  used	
  to	
  
develop	
  medical	
  systems	
  that	
  provide	
  better	
  information	
  services.	
  Collaborating	
  on	
  this	
  research	
  with	
  scholars	
  
in	
  health-­‐related	
  disciplines	
  will	
  increase	
  the	
  likelihood	
  that	
  the	
  findings	
  will	
  be	
  applied	
  to	
  the	
  development	
  of	
  
health-­‐related	
  social	
  Q&A	
  services.	
  	
  
 
35	
  
	
  
	
  
OYARCE,	
  GUILLERMO	
  A.	
  	
  
College	
  of	
  Information,	
  University	
  of	
  North	
  Texas,	
  Denton,	
  Texas	
  
Human	
  Information	
  Interaction	
  and	
  Implications	
  for	
  Design	
  
Human-­‐Computer	
  Interaction	
  (HCI)	
  studies	
  the	
  different	
  factors	
  that	
  affect	
  the	
  system,	
  the	
  user	
  or	
  their	
  inter-­‐
relation.	
  The	
  literature	
  shows	
  no	
  major	
  interest	
  on	
  the	
  interaction	
  that	
  takes	
  place	
  between	
  the	
  user	
  and	
  the	
  
actual	
  information	
  carried	
  by	
  interface.	
  For	
  the	
  most	
  part,	
  most	
  of	
  the	
  interaction	
  is	
  assumed	
  to	
  be	
  taking	
  place	
  
between	
  the	
  user	
  and	
  the	
  interface.	
  I	
  have	
  taken	
  the	
  position	
  that	
  the	
  information	
  presented	
  to	
  the	
  user	
  via	
  the	
  
interface	
  must	
  be	
  included	
  in	
  the	
  research	
  methodology,	
  or	
  be	
  the	
  object	
  of	
  research.	
  
The	
  reasoning	
  goes	
  along	
  the	
  lines	
  that	
  the	
  interface	
  must	
  provide	
  the	
  user	
  with	
  access	
  to	
  two	
  separate	
  parts	
  of	
  
the	
  information	
  system,	
  i.e.	
  the	
  operating	
  system	
  of	
  the	
  computer	
  technology,	
  and	
  the	
  application	
  that	
  is	
  being	
  
used	
  as	
  suitable	
  tool	
  for	
  a	
  particular	
  task.	
  In	
  terms	
  of	
  communication,	
  one	
  channel	
  provides	
  separate	
  conduits	
  
for	
  two	
  discrete	
  tasks.	
  There	
  is	
  data	
  to	
  be	
  used	
  and	
  supplied	
  by	
  pure	
  computer	
  processes,	
  but	
  there	
  is	
  also	
  data	
  
that	
  is	
  provided	
  to	
  the	
  interface	
  and	
  by	
  the	
  interface	
  that	
  is	
  solely	
  for	
  human	
  consumption.	
  Any	
  productivity	
  
software	
  shows	
  this	
  dichotomy,	
  but	
  the	
  implication	
  of	
  human-­‐information	
  interaction	
  (HII)	
  may	
  not	
  always	
  be	
  
equally	
  critical	
  for	
  all	
  tasks.	
  A	
  family	
  of	
  tasks	
  that	
  may	
  be	
  particularly	
  affected	
  by	
  this	
  type	
  of	
  research	
  is	
  any	
  of	
  
the	
  several	
  computer-­‐based	
  text	
  processing	
  tasks,	
  such	
  as	
  text	
  information	
  retrieval.	
  At	
  one	
  level,	
  the	
  user	
  must	
  
be	
   literate	
   at	
   the	
   level	
   of	
   text	
   and	
   also	
   at	
   the	
   level	
   of	
   the	
   interaction	
   with	
   the	
   retrieval	
   processes,	
   such	
   as	
  
particular	
  query	
  languages	
  or	
  information	
  rendering	
  tools.	
  The	
  data	
  itself	
  may	
  have	
  important	
  characteristics	
  
emphasized	
  by	
  certain	
  tools	
  or	
  presentation	
  methods	
  and	
  de-­‐emphasized	
  by	
  others.	
  
These	
  are	
  not	
  new	
  ideas,	
  but	
  in	
  this	
  position	
  paper	
  I	
  want	
  to	
  emphasize	
  that	
  as	
  HCI	
  has	
  something	
  to	
  contribute	
  
to	
  the	
  design	
  of	
  interfaces,	
  the	
  role	
  of	
  the	
  information	
  being	
  transmitted	
  and	
  presented	
  to	
  users	
  must	
  also	
  be	
  
included	
   for	
   software	
   design	
   at	
   the	
   level	
   of	
   system	
   integration.	
   Current	
   system	
   design	
   takes	
   information	
   for	
  
granted,	
  as	
  the	
  quality	
  of	
  a	
  certain	
  entity	
  that	
  is	
  the	
  object	
  of	
  all	
  computer-­‐to-­‐computer	
  interactions	
  and	
  internal	
  
processes.	
  This	
  definition	
  of	
  information	
  is	
  expanded	
  to	
  also	
  include	
  the	
  final	
  information	
  intended	
  for	
  the	
  user	
  
when	
  it	
  should	
  not	
  be	
  so.	
  
It	
  is	
  my	
  position	
  that	
  the	
  information	
  intended	
  for	
  the	
  user	
  must	
  remain	
  user-­‐bound	
  and	
  should	
  not	
  be	
  confused	
  
with	
   other	
   types	
   of	
   information	
   frequently	
   lumped	
   together	
   in	
   professional	
   conversations.	
   One	
   of	
   these	
  
examples	
  is	
  the	
  noted	
  Semantic	
  Web	
  that	
  has	
  confused	
  many	
  light	
  technology	
  readers	
  who	
  take	
  it	
  to	
  be	
  a	
  form	
  
of	
  human	
  semantics	
  rather	
  than	
  data	
  semantics	
  alone.	
  On	
  the	
  other	
  side	
  of	
  the	
  coin,	
  one	
  could	
  envision	
  systems	
  
that	
  can	
  implement	
  two	
  clearly	
  defined	
  domains:	
  One	
  where	
  computer	
  cycles	
  are	
  used	
  to	
  complete	
  tasks	
  at	
  
which	
   computers	
   excel,	
   and	
   another	
   that	
   allows	
   users	
   to	
   interact	
   only	
   with	
   the	
   information.	
   The	
   envisioned	
  
interface	
  would	
  separate	
  both	
  tasks	
  maximizing	
  the	
  user’s	
  interaction	
  with	
  the	
  system	
  and	
  with	
  the	
  information.	
  
 
36	
  
	
  
	
  
PAUL,	
  ANINDITA	
  
Doctoral	
  Candidate	
  School	
  of	
  Information	
  Science	
  and	
  Learning	
  Technologies	
  University	
  of	
  Missouri	
  	
  
Use	
  of	
  Web	
  Analytics	
  for	
  Collaborative	
  Information	
  Behavior	
  Research	
  	
  
My	
  research	
  is	
  on	
  understanding	
  the	
  use	
  of	
  web	
  analytics	
  to	
  identify	
  users’	
  activities	
  on	
  the	
  academic	
  library’s	
  
website.	
  I	
  am	
  using	
  the	
  academic	
  library	
  as	
  a	
  context	
  when	
  trying	
  to	
  investigate	
  the	
  usefulness	
  of	
  web	
  analytics	
  
for	
  them.	
  In	
  doing	
  so,	
  I	
  am	
  looking	
  at	
  the	
  various	
  analytics	
  metrics	
  and	
  its	
  usefulness	
  to	
  librarians.	
  Librarians	
  
provide	
   services	
   that	
   satisfy	
   their	
   patron’s	
   information	
   needs.	
   Users	
   that	
   access	
   the	
   library’s	
   resources	
   and	
  
services	
  through	
  its	
  website	
  carry	
  over	
  their	
  online	
  experience	
  to	
  the	
  library’s	
  website.	
  The	
  web	
  has	
  shaped	
  
users	
   expectation	
   and	
   interaction	
   with	
   the	
   library’s	
   online	
   resources.	
   The	
   advanced	
   feature	
   of	
   the	
   web	
   has	
  
enabled	
  users	
  to	
  collaborate.	
  Among	
  other	
  benefits,	
  increasing	
  convenience,	
  and	
  overcoming	
  time	
  and	
  resource	
  
constraint	
   by	
   collaboration,	
   has	
   made	
   online	
   users	
   adopt	
   it	
   at	
   a	
   faster	
   rate.	
   Academic	
   libraries	
   need	
   to	
  
acknowledge	
   their	
   users	
   developing	
   preferences	
   and	
   habits,	
   and	
   provide	
   them	
   with	
   services	
   that	
   meet	
   their	
  
expectations.	
  	
  
Academic	
  libraries	
  have	
  started	
  responding	
  to	
  the	
  changing	
  information	
  environment	
  by	
  updating	
  their	
  online	
  
system	
  for	
  efficient	
  user	
  access	
  to	
  information	
  services.	
  They	
  also	
  conduct	
  user	
  studies	
  at	
  regular	
  intervals	
  to	
  
address	
   their	
   needs.	
   However,	
   doing	
   interviews	
   alone	
   does	
   not	
   provide	
   realistic	
   data	
   as	
   users	
   might	
   act	
  
differently	
   then	
   what	
   they	
   say.	
   Analytics	
   provides	
   a	
   way	
   to	
   look	
   at	
   the	
   user	
   activities	
   through	
   its	
   different	
  
metrics.	
  The	
  information	
  obtained	
  can	
  then	
  be	
  used	
  as	
  supplementary	
  data	
  to	
  conduct	
  more	
  qualitative	
  or	
  in-­‐
depth	
  studies.	
  Monitoring	
  usage	
  of	
  the	
  different	
  sections,	
  resources	
  and	
  content	
  elements	
  of	
  the	
  library	
  website	
  
over	
  time	
  can	
  provide	
  insight	
  on	
  any	
  transforming	
  user	
  behavior	
  such	
  as	
  usage	
  of	
  catalogs	
  over	
  time,	
  changes	
  of	
  
users’	
  access	
  habits	
  with	
  different	
  mediums	
  –	
  search	
  engine,	
  direct	
  or	
  referral	
  link	
  etc.	
  	
  
Web	
  analytics	
  has	
  been	
  mostly	
  used	
  by	
  businesses	
  for	
  increasing	
  their	
  RoI.	
  However,	
  because	
  of	
  its	
  success	
  in	
  
the	
  commercial	
  sector	
  others	
  have	
  also	
  started	
  adopting	
  web	
  analytics	
  to	
  improve	
  their	
  online	
  systems	
  such	
  as	
  
online	
   magazines	
   or	
   newspapers,	
   e-­‐learning	
   systems,	
   GIS	
   systems	
   etc.	
   However,	
   there	
   still	
   needs	
   to	
   be	
   a	
  
redefinition	
  of	
  the	
  metrics	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  apply	
  to	
  the	
  different	
  contexts.	
  Further,	
  appropriate	
  definition	
  of	
  metrics	
  
need	
  to	
  be	
  made	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  apply	
  to	
  the	
  web	
  2.0	
  environment.	
  The	
  interpretation	
  of	
  the	
  metrics	
  depends	
  upon	
  
the	
  context	
  it	
  is	
  being	
  applied	
  to.	
  Since	
  not	
  many	
  studies	
  has	
  been	
  done	
  on	
  the	
  use	
  of	
  analytics	
  in	
  academic	
  
libraries	
  or	
  non-­‐commercial	
  context,	
  a	
  major	
  challenge	
  lies	
  in	
  redefining	
  these	
  metrics	
  to	
  suit	
  the	
  purposes	
  of	
  
the	
  library.	
  In	
  doing	
  so,	
  there	
  needs	
  to	
  be	
  identification	
  of	
  the	
  drawbacks	
  of	
  analytics	
  in	
  understanding	
  usage	
  in	
  
the	
  respective	
  context.	
  	
  
Organizations	
  are	
  driven	
  by	
  their	
  missions	
  and	
  goals.	
  And	
  using	
  analytics	
  to	
  help	
  them	
  achieve	
  their	
  mission	
  can	
  
impact	
  them.	
  Pilot	
  studies	
  that	
  show	
  organizations	
  the	
  apparent	
  value	
  that	
  lies	
  in	
  analytics,	
  helping	
  them	
  to	
  
achieve	
  their	
  mission,	
  would	
  be	
  a	
  crucial	
  to	
  draw	
  their	
  attention.	
  As	
  analytics	
  has	
  been	
  widely	
  accepted	
  in	
  the	
  
commercial	
  sector,	
  it	
  is	
  quite	
  likely	
  that	
  other	
  organizations	
  would	
  be	
  open	
  to	
  trying	
  its	
  worth	
  for	
  their	
  use,	
  
though	
  it	
  still	
  needs	
  to	
  be	
  interpreted	
  to	
  serve	
  the	
  particular	
  organization’s	
  purpose.	
  	
  
 
37	
  
	
  
	
  
PHUWANARTNURAK,	
  AMMY	
  JIRANIDA	
  	
  
Information	
  School,	
  University	
  of	
  Washington	
  
Collaborative	
  Information	
  Behavior:	
  Information	
  Sharing	
  across	
  Disciplinary	
  in	
  Design	
  	
  
My	
  research	
  interests	
  are	
  on	
  information	
  sharing	
  in	
  interdisciplinary	
  design	
  context.	
  Interdisciplinary	
  design	
  is	
  
challenging,	
  in	
  large	
  measure,	
  because	
  of	
  the	
  difficulty	
  in	
  communicating	
  and	
  coordinating	
  across	
  disciplines.	
  
Many	
   tools	
   have	
   been	
   developed	
   and	
   used	
   to	
   support	
   information	
   sharing	
   in	
   design,	
   and	
   the	
   use	
   of	
   WWW	
  
technology	
  is	
  becoming	
  increasingly	
  important	
  for	
  the	
  sharing	
  of	
  information.	
  Wikis,	
  in	
  particular,	
  have	
  been	
  
claimed	
  to	
  support	
  collaboration	
  and	
  information	
  sharing.	
  For	
  my	
  dissertation,	
  I	
  am	
  conducting	
  a	
  field	
  study	
  of	
  
interdisciplinary	
   design	
   projects,	
   seeking	
   to	
   discover	
   how	
   wikis	
   enable	
   information	
   sharing	
   in	
   software	
  
development	
  projects.	
  The	
  findings	
  will	
  expand	
  our	
  understanding	
  of	
  information	
  sharing	
  behavior	
  of	
  design	
  
professionals.	
  It	
  will	
  also	
  provide	
  empirical	
  evidence	
  on	
  the	
  use	
  of	
  wikis	
  in	
  design	
  work,	
  which	
  will	
  be	
  used	
  to	
  
develop	
  guidelines	
  on	
  the	
  effective	
  use	
  of	
  wikis	
  to	
  support	
  design	
  collaboration.	
  	
  
Information	
  sharing	
  is	
  a	
  great	
  example	
  of	
  collaborative	
  information	
  behavior.	
  The	
  focus	
  of	
  Information	
  Behavior	
  
research	
  in	
  Information	
  Science	
  has	
  been	
  largely	
  on	
  information	
  seeking,	
  needs,	
  and	
  use,	
  while	
  little	
  attention	
  is	
  
given	
   to	
   information	
   sharing.	
   Information	
   sharing	
   has	
   often	
   been	
   investigated	
   with	
   regard	
   to	
   information	
  
seeking.	
  That	
  is,	
  information	
  sharing	
  occurs	
  as	
  part	
  of	
  or	
  a	
  consequence	
  of	
  information	
  seeking.	
  Information	
  
sharing	
  has	
  been	
  a	
  subject	
  of	
  study	
  in	
  other	
  disciplines	
  than	
  information	
  behavior	
  although	
  they	
  focused	
  on	
  
different	
  aspects	
  and	
  different	
  types	
  of	
  sharing.	
  Organization	
  studies	
  and	
  management	
  researchers	
  have	
  studied	
  
information	
  sharing	
  as	
  part	
  of	
  knowledge	
  management	
  and	
  knowledge	
  sharing;	
  while	
  researchers	
  in	
  computer	
  
supported	
   collaborative	
   work	
   (CSCW)	
   have	
   focused	
   on	
   collaborative	
   technologies	
   or	
   at	
   least	
   the	
   coupling	
   of	
  
people	
   and	
   technologies	
   -­‐	
   how	
   technologies	
   are	
   or	
   could	
   be	
   used	
   to	
   support	
   information	
   sharing.	
   Thus,	
   my	
  
dissertation	
  draws	
  on,	
  and	
  aims	
  to	
  contribute	
  to,	
  these	
  different	
  domains.	
  	
  
One	
  of	
  the	
  goals	
  of	
  my	
  dissertation	
  is	
  to	
  develop	
  guidelines	
  on	
  the	
  effective	
  use	
  of	
  wikis,	
  especially	
  adoption	
  and	
  
evolving	
  use.	
  To	
  do	
  so,	
  I	
  chose	
  Cognitive	
  Work	
  Analysis	
  (Rasmussen	
  et	
  al.,	
  1994),	
  a	
  formative	
  approach,	
  which	
  
focuses	
  on	
  identifying	
  how	
  the	
  system	
  could	
  behave	
  under	
  given	
  constraints.	
  The	
  study	
  will	
  reveal	
  technological	
  
adoption	
   and	
   appropriation	
   practices,	
   and	
   in	
   turn	
   inform	
   how	
   wikis	
   could	
   be	
   designed	
   and	
   appropriated	
   to	
  
support	
  information	
  sharing	
  across	
  disciplinary	
  boundaries	
  during	
  design	
  process.	
  	
  
While	
  doing	
  my	
  dissertation	
  on	
  wikis,	
  I	
  realize	
  that	
  Web	
  2.0	
  technologies	
  (e.g.,	
  wikis,	
  blogs,	
  facebook,	
  and	
  other	
  
social	
   networking	
   sites)	
   allow	
   (perhaps	
   force?)	
   people	
   to	
   be	
   involved	
   in	
   more	
   and	
   more	
   collaborative	
  
information	
  behaviors.	
  However,	
  they	
  are	
  still	
  carrying	
  on	
  their	
  own	
  individual	
  information	
  activities.	
  So,	
  how	
  
can	
   we	
   efficiently	
   transition	
   between	
   individual	
   to	
   collaborative	
   activities?	
   When	
   and	
   how	
   does	
   personal	
  
information	
  (often	
  a	
  result	
  of	
  individual	
  information	
  behaviors)	
  turn	
  into	
  group	
  information	
  or	
  vice	
  versa?	
  	
  
Reference	
  	
  
Rasmussen,	
  J.,	
  Pejtersen,	
  A.	
  M.,	
  &	
  Goodstein,	
  L.	
  P.	
  (1994).	
  Cognitive	
  systems	
  engineering.	
  New	
  York:	
  Wiley.	
  	
  
 
38	
  
	
  
	
  
REED,	
  KATHLEEN	
  	
  
University	
  of	
  Alberta	
  	
  
As	
  a	
  researcher	
  just	
  starting	
  out	
  in	
  the	
  field,	
  I	
  see	
  one	
  of	
  the	
  main	
  priorities	
  for	
  information	
  behaviour	
  research	
  
as	
   exploring	
   how	
   information	
   behaviour	
   works	
   in	
   various	
   intercultural	
   settings.	
   My	
   current	
   MLIS/MA	
  
(Humanities	
  Computing)	
  work	
  explores	
  how	
  the	
  social	
  identities	
  of	
  volunteer	
  tourists	
  affect	
  their	
  information	
  
behaviour	
  while	
  they	
  are	
  abroad.	
  Numerous	
  scholars	
  have	
  explored	
  the	
  idea	
  of	
  a	
  third-­‐space	
  or	
  liminoid	
  state	
  
(Selstad	
   2007;	
   Hottola	
   2005;	
   Selänniemi	
   1996,	
   2000;	
   Bhabha	
   1994),	
   a	
   position	
   in	
   which	
   people	
   are	
   neither	
  
completely	
  within	
  their	
  home	
  culture	
  nor	
  of	
  that	
  of	
  the	
  host	
  culture.	
  In	
  this	
  third-­‐space,	
  in	
  which	
  “moral	
  codes	
  
of	
  everyday	
  life	
  are	
  not	
  valid,	
  place	
  and	
  time	
  lose	
  their	
  meaning	
  and	
  tourists’	
  behaviour	
  may	
  differ	
  significantly	
  
from	
   their	
   behaviour	
   at	
   home,”	
   there	
   exists	
   a	
   rich	
   opportunity	
   to	
   study	
   how	
   volunteer	
   tourists	
   are	
   socially	
  
positioned	
  (Selänniemi	
  1996,	
  194-­‐200).	
  Interviews	
  and	
  participant	
  observation	
  with	
  volunteers	
  at	
  a	
  Thai	
  non-­‐
governmental	
  organization	
  allow	
  me	
  to	
  study	
  how	
  old	
  and	
  comfortable	
  social	
  identities	
  mix	
  with	
  new	
  and	
  often	
  
transitory	
  identities	
  to	
  affect	
  information	
  behaviours.	
  At	
  a	
  theoretical	
  level,	
  this	
  research	
  will	
  contribute	
  to	
  the	
  
development	
  of	
  information	
  behaviour	
  theory	
  related	
  to	
  intercultural	
  and	
  culturally-­‐confusing	
  experiences.	
  At	
  a	
  
practical	
  level,	
  non-­‐governmental	
  organizations	
  will	
  be	
  assisted	
  in	
  determining	
  how	
  to	
  best	
  aid	
  volunteers	
  when	
  
it	
  comes	
  to	
  distributing	
  information,	
  consequently	
  preparing	
  workers	
  for	
  success	
  in	
  the	
  field.	
  	
  
A	
  driving	
  force	
  behind	
  my	
  research	
  is	
  the	
  desire	
  to	
  publish	
  not	
  only	
  in	
  the	
  academic	
  world,	
  but	
  create	
  jargon-­‐
free,	
  easy	
  to	
  read	
  documents	
  for	
  the	
  general	
  public.	
  In	
  addition	
  to	
  academic	
  works,	
  I	
  plan	
  on	
  publishing	
  all	
  my	
  
research	
   findings	
   on	
   my	
   personal	
   website,	
   available	
   under	
   Creative	
   Commons	
   licensing.	
   Especially	
   as	
   the	
  
Internet	
   makes	
   distributing	
   information	
   globally	
   fairly	
   easy,	
   I	
   feel	
   it	
   critical	
   that	
   for	
   information	
   behaviour	
  
research	
  to	
  remain	
  relevant	
  to	
  the	
  public,	
  it	
  needs	
  to	
  be	
  accessible.	
  	
  
References	
  	
  
Bhabha,	
  Homi	
  K.	
  1994.	
  The	
  location	
  of	
  culture.	
  New	
  York:	
  Routledge.	
  	
  
Hottola,	
   Petri.	
   2005.	
   The	
   metaspatialities	
   of	
   control	
   management	
   in	
   tourism:	
   Backpacking	
   in	
   India.	
   Tourism	
  
Geographies	
  7	
  (1):	
  1-­‐22.	
  	
  
Selänniemi,	
   Tom.	
   1996.	
   Matka	
   ikuiseen	
   kesään:	
   Kulttuuriantropologinen	
   näkökulma	
   suomalaisten	
  
etelänmatkailuun.	
  Helsinki:	
  SKS.	
  	
  
Selänniemi,	
  Tom.	
  2001.	
  Pale	
  skin	
  on	
  Playa	
  del	
  Anywhere:	
  Finnish	
  tourists	
  in	
  the	
  liminoid	
  south.	
  In	
  Hosts	
  and	
  
Guests	
  Revisited:	
  Tourism	
  Issues	
  of	
  the	
  21st	
  Century,	
  eds.	
  V.L.	
  Smith	
  and	
  M.	
  Brent,	
  80-­‐92.	
  New	
  York:	
  Cognizant	
  
Communications	
  Corporation.	
  	
  
Selstad,	
  Leif.	
  2007.	
  The	
  social	
  anthropology	
  of	
  the	
  tourist	
  experience:	
  Exploring	
  the	
  ‘middle	
  role.’	
  Scandinavian	
  
Journal	
  of	
  Hospitality	
  and	
  Tourism	
  7	
  (1):	
  19-­‐33.	
  
	
  
 
39	
  
	
  
	
  
DE	
  RICHEMOND,	
  JEANETTE	
  
PhD	
  Candidate,	
  School	
  of	
  Communication	
  and	
  Information,	
  Rutgers	
  University	
  	
  
Questions	
  for	
  Collaborative	
  Information	
  Behavior	
  Research	
  	
  
Research	
   into	
   personalization	
   of	
   interaction	
   with	
   information	
   systems	
   (Belkin,	
   2009)	
   reveals	
   possibilities	
   for	
  
having	
  information	
  delivered	
  to	
  users	
  that	
  provides	
  them	
  with	
  information	
  tailored	
  to	
  their	
  interests,	
  work	
  tasks,	
  
preferences,	
  contexts,	
  and	
  problematic	
  situations.	
  	
  
Readily	
  available	
  and	
  tailored	
  information	
  may	
  significantly	
  impact	
  on	
  the	
  process	
  of	
  problem	
  solving.	
  It	
  seems	
  
important	
  to	
  study	
  how	
  changes	
  in	
  information	
  retrieval	
  and	
  delivery	
  may	
  change	
  interactions	
  with	
  information,	
  
and,	
  therefore,	
  change	
  how	
  people	
  use	
  information.	
  	
  
Research	
  should	
  consider	
  execution	
  and	
  implications	
  of	
  creating	
  a	
  transformative	
  relationship	
  between	
  people	
  
and	
  information.	
  A	
  transformative	
  relationship	
  requires	
  information	
  that	
  sparks	
  new	
  ideas,	
  that	
  jolts	
  the	
  brain.	
  
My	
  thought	
  is	
  that	
  creativity	
  is	
  a	
  new	
  juxtaposition	
  of	
  concepts.	
  To	
  develop	
  new	
  ideas,	
  it	
  is	
  necessary	
  to	
  provide	
  
information	
  that	
  serves	
  as	
  a	
  catalyst.	
  A	
  “digital	
  library	
  must	
  stimulate	
  curiosity	
  and	
  encourage	
  exploration	
  so	
  
that	
  user	
  may	
  make	
  opportune	
  discoveries”	
  (Toms,	
  2000).	
  The	
  question,	
  therefore,	
  is	
  how	
  might	
  a	
  personalized	
  
information	
   assistant	
   provide	
   surprising	
   and/or	
   random	
   information?	
   The	
   system,	
   which	
   “learns”	
   the	
   user’s	
  
comfort	
  zone,	
  also	
  must	
  “learn”	
  how	
  to	
  take	
  the	
  user	
  out	
  of	
  his/her	
  comfort	
  zone.	
  	
  
To	
   make	
   an	
   impact,	
   it	
   is	
   important	
   to	
   participate	
   in	
   projects	
   and	
   organizations	
   where	
   we	
   can	
   show	
   the	
  
significance	
   of	
   our	
   contributions,	
   such	
   as	
   Design	
   for	
   Care,	
   which	
   brings	
   methods	
   and	
   results	
   found	
   effective	
  
across	
  healthcare	
  contexts	
  to	
  designers	
  in	
  all	
  situations	
  (Design	
  for	
  Care,	
  2009).	
  	
  
We	
  should	
  partner	
  with	
  people	
  in	
  other	
  areas	
  to	
  conduct	
  interdisciplinary	
  research.	
  My	
  dissertation	
  research	
  
(information	
  science	
  and	
  medicine)	
  focuses	
  on	
  the	
  effective	
  use	
  of	
  medical	
  information,	
  one	
  of	
  the	
  Agency	
  of	
  
Healthcare	
  Quality	
  and	
  Research’s	
  goals.	
  (Agency	
  for	
  Healthcare	
  Quality	
  and	
  Research,	
  2009).	
  	
  
My	
  research	
  focus	
  is	
  the	
  assessment	
  of	
  “enough,”	
  specifically	
  “enough”	
  information	
  to	
  make	
  a	
  clinical	
  decision.	
  
My	
  theory	
  is	
  that	
  “enough”	
  facilitates	
  making	
  a	
  decision	
  or	
  taking	
  action.	
  Determination	
  of	
  enough	
  changes	
  how	
  
physicians	
  interact	
  with	
  information.	
  	
  
References	
  	
  
Agency	
   for	
   Healthcare	
   Quality	
   and	
   Research	
   (2009).	
   Retrieved	
   on	
   September	
   25,	
   2009	
   from	
  
http://grants.nih.gov/grants/guide/notice-­‐files/NOT-­‐HS-­‐08-­‐014.html.	
  	
  
Belkin,	
   N.	
   (2009).	
   Personalizing	
   Support	
   for	
   Interaction	
   with	
   Information.	
   The	
   New	
   Jersey	
   Chapter	
   of	
   the	
  
American	
   Society	
   for	
   Information	
   Science	
   &	
   Technology	
   (NJ/ASIS&T)	
   Distinguished	
   Lectureship	
   Award.	
  
September	
  25,	
  2009.	
  	
  
Design	
  for	
  Care	
  (2009).	
  Retrieved	
  on	
  September	
  25,	
  2009	
  from	
  http://designforcare.ning.com/.	
  	
  
Toms,	
   E.G.	
   (2000a).	
   Serendipitous	
   information	
   retrieval.	
   In	
   First	
   DELOS	
   workshop	
   “Information	
   seeking,	
  
searching	
  and	
  querying	
  in	
  digital	
  libraries”	
  December	
  11–12,	
  2000,	
  Zurich,	
  Switzerland	
  (pp.	
  17–20).	
  
	
  
 
40	
  
	
  
	
  
RUBENSTEIN,	
  ELLEN	
  	
  
Graduate	
  School	
  of	
  Library	
  and	
  Information	
  Science,	
  University	
  of	
  Illinois	
  	
  
Dimensions	
  of	
  Information	
  Exchange	
  in	
  an	
  Online	
  Breast	
  Cancer	
  Support	
  Group	
  	
  
Within	
  the	
  last	
  10-­‐15	
  years,	
  online	
  health	
  communities	
  have	
  created	
  new	
  options	
  for	
  people	
  seeking	
  information	
  
about	
  health	
  issues	
  and	
  illness.	
  While	
  research	
  has	
  shown	
  that	
  having	
  supportive	
  social	
  networks	
  impacts	
  health	
  
and	
  coping	
  outcomes	
  in	
  positive	
  ways,	
  few	
  studies	
  have	
  examined	
  how	
  or	
  why	
  online	
  support	
  group	
  networks	
  
facilitate	
  the	
  process	
  of	
  managing	
  illness.	
  Studies	
  of	
  online	
  breast	
  cancer	
  support	
  groups	
  have	
  reported	
  positive	
  
emotional	
  outcomes	
  for	
  participants,	
  primarily	
  citing	
  the	
  emotional	
  support	
  and	
  exchanges	
  of	
  information	
  that	
  
women	
  engage	
  with	
  through	
  these	
  communities.	
  These	
  studies	
  have	
  also	
  discussed	
  reduced	
  depression,	
  less	
  
anxiety,	
  and	
  improved	
  social	
  interactions;	
  however,	
  none	
  have	
  analyzed	
  these	
  support	
  groups	
  to	
  the	
  extent	
  of	
  
obtaining	
  a	
  full,	
  multi-­‐faceted	
  understanding	
  of	
  the	
  factors	
  that	
  contribute	
  to	
  the	
  success	
  of	
  these	
  groups.	
  	
  
I	
   am	
   currently	
   working	
   on	
   an	
   ethnographic	
   study	
   of	
   an	
   online	
   breast	
   cancer	
   support	
   group	
   based	
   on	
   the	
  
following	
  research	
  questions:	
  	
  
• What	
  is	
  the	
  role	
  of	
  online	
  social	
  support	
  for	
  people	
  dealing	
  with	
  illness?	
  	
  
• Does	
  participation	
  in	
  an	
  online	
  support	
  group	
  focused	
  on	
  breast	
  cancer	
  influence	
  health	
  decisions	
  and	
  
practices	
  of	
  its	
  members,	
  and,	
  if	
  so,	
  how?	
  	
  
Issues	
  and	
  questions	
  related	
  to	
  these	
  overarching	
  questions	
  include:	
  	
  
a)	
  why	
  people	
  seek	
  online	
  help	
  for	
  breast	
  cancer;	
  	
  
b)	
  how	
  being	
  part	
  of	
  an	
  online	
  groups	
  helps	
  people	
  navigate	
  through	
  illness;	
  	
  
c)	
  what	
  kinds	
  of	
  information	
  and	
  social	
  support	
  exchanges	
  occur;	
  	
  
d)	
  what	
  factors	
  influence	
  how	
  actively	
  individuals	
  participate;	
  	
  
e)	
  what	
  the	
  meaning	
  of	
  the	
  group	
  is	
  in	
  relation	
  to	
  participants’	
  daily	
  lives	
  and	
  for	
  the	
  long	
  term.	
  	
  
We	
  do	
  not	
  know	
  how	
  these	
  groups	
  function	
  in	
  terms	
  of	
  the	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  information	
  obtained	
  with	
  respect	
  to	
  
health	
  decisions,	
  nor	
  how	
  they	
  are	
  integrated	
  into	
  participants’	
  everyday	
  lives.	
  By	
  doing	
  a	
  study	
  that	
  combines	
  
participant-­‐observation	
   with	
   archives	
   analysis	
   and	
   interviews,	
   I	
   will	
   be	
   able	
   to	
   gain	
   a	
   multi-­‐faceted	
  
understanding	
   of	
   how	
   such	
   a	
   group	
   facilitates	
   information	
   exchange,	
   how	
   it	
   meets	
   the	
   diverse	
   needs	
   of	
  
participants,	
  what	
  kinds	
  of	
  interactions	
  occur	
  and	
  are	
  most	
  valuable,	
  and,	
  most	
  importantly,	
  what	
  the	
  meaning	
  
of	
  the	
  group	
  is	
  for	
  its	
  members.	
  	
  
	
  
 
41	
  
	
  
	
  
SHARIFABADI,	
  SAEED	
  R.	
  	
  
Ph.D	
  graduate,	
  the	
  University	
  of	
  New	
  South	
  Wales	
  (Sydney,	
  Australia)	
  Associate	
  Professor,	
  Department	
  of	
  Library	
  
&	
  Information	
  Science,	
  Alzahra	
  University	
  (Tehran,	
  Iran)	
  Visiting	
  Professor,	
  the	
  School	
  of	
  Library,	
  Archival	
  and	
  
Information	
  Studies,	
  the	
  University	
  of	
  British	
  Columbia	
  (Vancouver,	
  Canada)	
  
Effects	
  of	
  the	
  Internet	
  on	
  Research	
  Activities,	
  Information	
  Seeking	
  and	
  Communication	
  Behaviour	
  of	
  
Australian	
  Academic	
  Psychologists	
  	
  	
  
Findings	
  of	
  the	
  study	
  suggest	
  that	
  psychologists	
  use	
  the	
  Internet	
  extensively	
  for	
  their	
  academic	
  activities.	
  They	
  
perceive	
  that	
  the	
  Internet	
  is	
  affecting	
  their	
  approach	
  to	
  the	
  research	
  process.	
  The	
  Internet	
  helps	
  psychologists	
  to	
  
keep	
  up-­‐to	
  date	
  with	
  recent	
  developments	
  in	
  their	
  areas	
  of	
  interest.	
  Many	
  psychologists	
  claimed	
  that	
  they	
  had	
  
wider	
  and	
  more	
  frequent	
  communication	
  with	
  colleagues	
  and	
  collaborators	
  which	
  led	
  them	
  to	
  new	
  directions	
  in	
  
research.	
  Psychologist's	
  research	
  activities	
  had	
  also	
  been	
  influenced	
  by	
  access	
  to	
  online	
  information	
  systems	
  and	
  
data-­‐bases	
  accessible	
  via	
  the	
  internet.	
  Psychologists	
  reported	
  that	
  increased	
  access	
  to	
  resources,	
  quicker	
  and	
  
easier	
  communication	
  with	
  colleagues	
  and	
  searching	
  for	
  information	
  influenced	
  the	
  quality	
  of	
  their	
  research	
  as	
  
well	
   as	
   the	
   quantity	
   of	
   their	
   publications.	
   Two	
   other	
   types	
   of	
   behavioral	
   changes	
   emerged	
   from	
   this	
  
investigation.	
   They	
   were	
   changes	
   in	
   psychologists'	
   use	
   of	
   information	
   sources	
   and	
   changes	
   in	
   information	
  
dissemination.	
   Although	
   journals	
   remain	
   by	
   far	
   the	
   most	
   important	
   source	
   of	
   information	
   and	
   the	
   primary	
  
means	
   of	
   formal	
   communication	
   among	
   academics	
   under	
   investigation,	
   many	
   psychologists	
   mentioned	
   that	
  
they	
  use	
  e-­‐mail	
  and	
  electronic	
  discussion	
  groups	
  in	
  keeping	
  up	
  to	
  date,	
  followed	
  by	
  newer	
  Internet	
  services	
  such	
  
World	
  Wide	
  Web.	
  Attendance	
  at	
  meetings	
  seems	
  no	
  longer	
  a	
  priority	
  for	
  obtaining	
  information,	
  as	
  was	
  the	
  case	
  
in	
  American	
  Psychological	
  Association	
  (APA)	
  studies	
  in	
  1960s.	
  Electronic	
  publishing	
  of	
  articles	
  via	
  the	
  Internet	
  
especially	
   posting	
   their	
   own	
   papers	
   to	
   web	
   sites,	
   was	
   also	
   a	
   growing	
   practice	
   among	
   psychologists.	
   Many	
  
psychologists	
   also	
   used	
   the	
   Internet	
   for	
   circulation	
   of	
   preprints,	
   submission	
   of	
   papers	
   to	
   publishers	
   and	
  
conferences,	
  requesting	
  reprints	
  from	
  other	
  authors,	
  sending	
  requested	
  reprints,	
  reviewing	
  manuscripts	
  sent	
  by	
  
publishers	
   and	
   editing	
   manuscripts	
   sent	
   via	
   the	
   Internet	
   by	
   other	
   people.	
   The	
   implications	
   of	
   this	
   study	
   for	
  
Internet	
  development,	
  user	
  training,	
  and	
  further	
  research	
  are	
  explored.	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
 
42	
  
	
  
	
  
STUTZMAN,	
  FRED	
  
School	
  of	
  Information	
  and	
  Library	
  Science,	
  UNC-­‐Chapel	
  Hill	
  
Social	
  Network	
  Sites	
  and	
  Information	
  Seeking	
  During	
  a	
  Life	
  Transition	
  	
  
Over	
  the	
  life	
  course,	
  an	
  individual	
  engages	
  in	
  a	
  series	
  of	
  transitions	
  that	
  shape	
  them	
  personally	
  and	
  in	
  the	
  eye	
  of	
  
society	
   (Elder,	
   1998).	
   Common	
   transitions	
   include	
   developmental	
   transitions	
   and	
   health-­‐related	
   transitions;	
  
other	
  transitions,	
  including	
  role	
  transitions	
  and	
  social/legal	
  transitions	
  are	
  comprised	
  of	
  a	
  series	
  of	
  transitions	
  or	
  
life	
  events	
  (Arnett,	
  2001;	
  George,	
  1993).	
  In	
  general,	
  a	
  transition	
  can	
  be	
  theorized	
  as	
  an	
  interruption,	
  in	
  which	
  
one's	
  schema,	
  or	
  sense	
  of	
  understanding	
  of	
  the	
  world,	
  is	
  interrupted	
  and	
  new	
  informational	
  discrepancies	
  are	
  
revealed	
  (Mandler,	
  1990).	
  	
  
I	
  am	
  interested	
  in	
  how	
  individuals	
  use	
  social	
  network	
  sites	
  for	
  information	
  seeking	
  during	
  a	
  life	
  transition.	
  The	
  
particular	
   context	
   of	
   my	
   study	
   is	
   the	
   high	
   school-­‐to-­‐college	
   transition,	
   a	
   multi-­‐	
   modal	
   transition	
   generally	
  
involving	
   relocation,	
   role	
   change,	
   and	
   social	
   network	
   renegotiation.	
   Utilized	
   extensively	
   by	
   college	
   students,	
  
social	
   network	
   sites	
   are	
   web-­‐based	
   systems	
   that	
   enable	
   individuals	
   to	
   construct	
   a	
   profile,	
   articulate	
   a	
   list	
   of	
  
networked	
   connections,	
   and	
   “view	
   and	
   traverse”	
   this	
   list	
   of	
   connections	
   (boyd	
   and	
   Ellison,	
   2007).	
   For	
   an	
   in-­‐
transition	
   population,	
   the	
   social	
   network	
   site	
   enables	
   sensemaking	
   in	
   the	
   new	
   surrounds;	
   users	
   draw	
   on	
  
network-­‐based	
  resources	
  for	
  social	
  and	
  collaborative	
  information	
  seeking.	
  	
  
Utilizing	
   a	
   mixed-­‐methods	
   approach,	
   my	
   study	
   investigates	
   determinants	
   of	
   network	
   participation	
   during	
   a	
  
transition,	
   it	
   evaluates	
   supportive	
   outcomes	
   of	
   participation,	
   and	
   it	
   elaborates	
   the	
   process	
   of	
   information	
  
seeking	
  in	
  a	
  network-­‐mediated	
  setting.	
  I	
  would	
  like	
  to	
  focus	
  on	
  my	
  third	
  research	
  goal	
  at	
  the	
  symposium.	
  I	
  am	
  
interested	
   in	
   the	
   construction	
   of	
   information	
   practice	
   in	
   a	
   social	
   network	
   site:	
   The	
   social	
   and	
   collaborative	
  
process	
  through	
  which	
  in-­‐transition	
  individuals	
  address	
  information	
  needs,	
  how	
  these	
  needs	
  inform	
  disclosure	
  
decisions,	
  and	
  how	
  information	
  provisioned	
  addresses	
  the	
  “everyday	
  life”	
  information	
  needs	
  of	
  the	
  in-­‐	
  transition	
  
population	
  (Savolainen,	
  1995).	
  	
  
References	
  	
  
Arnett,	
  J.	
  J.	
  (2001).	
  Conceptions	
  of	
  the	
  Transition	
  to	
  Adulthood:	
  Perspectives	
  From	
  Adolescence	
  Through	
  Midlife.	
  
Journal	
  of	
  Adult	
  Development,	
  8(2),	
  133-­‐143.	
  	
  
Boyd,	
  d.	
  and	
  Ellison,	
  N.	
  B.	
  (2007).	
  Social	
  Network	
  Sites:	
  Definition,	
  History,	
  and	
  Scholarship.	
  Journal	
  of	
  Computer-­‐
Mediated	
  Communication,	
  13(1).	
  	
  
Elder,	
  G.	
  H.	
  (1998).	
  The	
  Life	
  Course	
  as	
  Developmental	
  Theory.	
  Child	
  Development,	
  69(1),	
  1-­‐12.	
  	
  
George,	
  L.	
  K.	
  (1993).	
  Sociological	
  Perspectives	
  on	
  Life	
  Transitions.	
  Annual	
  Review	
  of	
  Sociology,	
  19(1),	
  353-­‐373.	
  	
  
Mandler,	
  G.	
  (1990).	
  Interruption	
  (Discrepancy)	
  Theory:	
  Review	
  and	
  Extensions.	
  In	
  Fisher,	
  S.	
  and	
  Cooper,	
  C.	
  L.	
  
(Eds.),	
  On	
  the	
  Move:	
  The	
  Psychology	
  of	
  Change	
  and	
  Transition	
  (pp.13-­‐33).	
  Chichester:	
  Wiley.	
  	
  
Savolainen,	
  R.	
  (1995).	
  Everyday	
  life	
  information	
  seeking:	
  Approaching	
  information	
  seeking	
  in	
  the	
  context	
  of	
  "way	
  
of	
  life".	
  Library	
  &	
  Information	
  Science	
  Research,	
  17(3),	
  259-­‐294.	
  
 
43	
  
	
  
	
  
WILLSON,	
  REBEKAH	
  	
  
Mount	
  Royal	
  University	
  Library	
  	
  
As	
  a	
  practitioner	
  in	
  the	
  field	
  of	
  LIS	
  my	
  concern	
  is	
  to	
  prepare	
  post-­‐secondary	
  students	
  to	
  seek,	
  retrieve,	
  evaluate	
  
and	
   use	
   information	
   effectively	
   and	
   efficiently.	
   I	
   typically	
   teach	
   students	
   how	
   to	
   perform	
   these	
   information	
  
activities	
  individually,	
  however	
  some	
  academic	
  programs	
  have	
  begun	
  to	
  require	
  more	
  student	
  collaboration	
  on	
  
projects	
  and	
  research.	
  As	
  many	
  activities	
  in	
  the	
  workplace	
  require	
  collaboration,	
  teaching	
  students	
  collaborative	
  
information	
  seeking	
  and	
  sharing	
  can	
  be	
  an	
  asset.	
  Working	
  with	
  students	
  who	
  have	
  collaborative	
  information	
  
needs,	
  I	
  am	
  interested	
  in	
  how	
  to	
  facilitate	
  groups’	
  information	
  seeking	
  and	
  sharing	
  –	
  how	
  to	
  support	
  students	
  in	
  
the	
  roles	
  they	
  will	
  take	
  during	
  their	
  collaboration.	
  I	
  am	
  also	
  interested	
  in	
  how	
  technology	
  can	
  be	
  used	
  to	
  support	
  
collaborative	
   information	
   seeking	
   and	
   sharing	
   –	
   how	
   to	
   adapt	
   current	
   technology	
   that	
   is	
   often	
   intended	
   for	
  
single	
  users	
  to	
  work	
  for	
  group	
  information	
  sharing.	
  	
  
As	
   a	
   researcher	
   in	
   the	
   field	
   of	
   LIS	
   my	
   area	
   of	
   interest	
   is	
   in	
   information	
   behaviour,	
   particularly	
   examining	
  
information	
  behaviour	
  using	
  mixed	
  methods.	
  I	
  have	
  studied	
  how	
  university	
  students	
  search	
  for	
  information	
  with	
  
which	
   they	
   may	
   have	
   little	
   previous	
   experience,	
   particularly	
   when	
   searching	
   OPACs.	
   This	
   type	
   of	
   research	
  
provides	
  an	
  opportunity	
  to	
  study	
  how	
  students	
  engage	
  in	
  a	
  variety	
  of	
  strategies	
  to	
  address	
  issues	
  such	
  as	
  search	
  
term	
   spelling,	
   query	
   formulation	
   and	
   search	
   strategy	
   implementation.	
   Collaborative	
   information	
   seeking	
   and	
  
sharing	
  adds	
  a	
  social	
  dimension	
  to	
  the	
  already	
  multiple	
  aspects	
  of	
  information	
  behaviour,	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  complicates	
  
the	
   human	
   computer	
   interaction	
   as	
   many	
   technologies	
   are	
   typically	
   designed	
   for	
   individual	
   users.	
   I	
   am	
  
interested	
   in	
   whether	
   strategy	
   use	
   changes	
   during	
   collaborative	
   information	
   seeking,	
   how	
   groups	
   use	
  
technology	
  to	
  seek	
  information	
  and	
  how	
  decisions	
  are	
  made	
  about	
  whether	
  the	
  information	
  retrieved	
  satisfies	
  
the	
  information	
  need	
  of	
  the	
  group.	
  	
  
	
  
 
44	
  
	
  
	
  
VEINOT,	
  TIFFANY	
  
University	
  of	
  Michigan	
  	
  
Individualistic	
   models	
   of	
   information	
   behavior	
   seem	
   insufficient	
   in	
   a	
   world	
   where	
   half	
   of	
   all	
   health-­‐related	
  
Internet	
  searches	
  are	
  conducted	
  on	
  behalf	
  of	
  others,	
  and	
  where	
  two	
  thirds	
  of	
  people	
  who	
  search	
  for	
  health	
  
information	
   on	
   the	
   Internet	
   discuss	
   the	
   information	
   they	
   find	
   with	
   someone	
   else	
   (Fox,	
   2009).	
   And	
   while	
  
collaborative	
   information	
   behavior	
   research	
   could	
   potentially	
   offer	
   insight	
   into	
   the	
   social	
   nature	
   of	
   health	
  
information	
  behavior,	
  the	
  majority	
  of	
  scholarship	
  in	
  the	
  field	
  has	
  focused	
  on	
  workplace	
  and	
  scholarly	
  contexts	
  
(Talja	
   &	
   Hansen,	
   2006).	
   However,	
   findings	
   of	
   my	
   recent	
   research	
   suggest	
   that	
   everyday	
   life	
   collaborative	
  
information	
  behavior	
  may	
  be	
  more	
  voluntary,	
  loosely	
  coordinated	
  and	
  emotionally	
  rich	
  than	
  has	
  been	
  described	
  
in	
  previous	
  workplace-­‐based	
  research	
  (Veinot,	
  2009).	
  Accordingly,	
  as	
  with	
  information	
  behavior	
  research	
  more	
  
broadly,	
   I	
   would	
   stress	
   that	
   there	
   is	
   a	
   need	
   to	
   focus	
   on	
   the	
   unique	
   properties	
   of	
   collaborative	
   information	
  
behavior	
  in	
  everyday	
  life.	
  	
  
Accordingly,	
  my	
  interest	
  in	
  collaborative	
  information	
  seeking	
  and	
  sharing	
  largely	
  coalesces	
  around	
  everyday	
  life	
  
experiences,	
  especially	
  in	
  an	
  illness	
  context.	
  This	
  is	
  a	
  promising	
  area	
  because	
  serious	
  illness	
  does	
  not	
  affect	
  only	
  
the	
  ill	
  person,	
  but	
  also	
  has	
  important	
  consequences	
  for	
  his	
  or	
  her	
  loved	
  ones	
  (Cutrona	
  &	
  Gardner,	
  2006;	
  Elliott	
  &	
  
Shewchuk,	
  2004).	
  Indeed,	
  as	
  my	
  recent	
  research	
  regarding	
  information	
  exchange	
  regarding	
  HIV/AIDS	
  in	
  rural	
  
Canada	
   showed,	
   people	
   living	
   with	
   HIV/AIDS	
   (PHAs)	
   and	
   their	
   friends	
   and	
   family	
   members	
   experience	
   the	
  
disease	
  together,	
  and	
  often	
  respond	
  to	
  it	
  collaboratively.	
  And	
  in	
  the	
  context	
  of	
  this	
  collaborative	
  response,	
  rural	
  
dwellers	
  affected	
  by	
  HIV/AIDS	
  obtained	
  information	
  from	
  each	
  other	
  through	
  five	
  interactive	
  processes:	
  joint	
  
seeking,	
  tag-­‐team	
  seeking,	
  exposure,	
  opportunity	
  and	
  legitimation	
  (Veinot,	
  2009).	
  	
  
Building	
   on	
   my	
   previous	
   research,	
   I	
   consider	
   two	
   main	
   aspects	
   of	
   everyday	
   life	
   collaborative	
   information	
  
behavior	
  to	
  be	
  of	
  particular	
  interest	
  for	
  future	
  inquiry.	
  First,	
  I	
  am	
  interested	
  in	
  peer-­‐based	
  information	
  seeking	
  
and	
  sharing	
  among	
  people	
  who	
  share	
  a	
  health	
  condition	
  –	
  in	
  particular,	
  the	
  nature	
  of	
  peer-­‐based	
  knowledge	
  and	
  
the	
  ways	
  in	
  which	
  it	
  is	
  produced	
  and	
  exchanged	
  by	
  peers.	
  As	
  a	
  part	
  of	
  this	
  interest,	
  I	
  am	
  studying	
  peer	
  mentoring	
  
among	
   people	
   with	
   chronic	
   kidney	
   disease	
   in	
   a	
   collaborative	
   study	
   with	
   the	
   National	
   Kidney	
   Foundation	
   of	
  
Michigan.	
  Second,	
  I	
  am	
  piloting	
  a	
  study	
  this	
  fall	
  which	
  investigates	
  how	
  families	
  respond	
  as	
  a	
  group	
  to	
  illness	
  in	
  
their	
  midst,	
  and	
  how	
  they	
  manage	
  and	
  exchange	
  information	
  as	
  a	
  part	
  of	
  family-­‐based	
  care.	
  I	
  am	
  excited	
  to	
  
pursue	
  research	
  in	
  this	
  area,	
  and	
  look	
  forward	
  to	
  dialogue	
  with	
  other	
  researchers	
  in	
  this	
  field.	
  	
  
References	
  	
  
Cutrona,	
  C.	
  E.,	
  &	
  Gardner,	
  K.	
  A.	
  (Eds.).	
  (2006).	
  Stress	
  in	
  Couples:	
  The	
  Process	
  of	
  Dyadic	
  Coping.	
  New	
  York,	
  NY,US:	
  
Cambridge	
  University	
  Press.	
  	
  
Elliott,	
  T.	
  R.,	
  &	
  Shewchuk,	
  R.	
  M.	
  (Eds.).	
  (2004).	
  Family	
  adaptation	
  in	
  illness,	
  disease,	
  and	
  disability.	
  Washington,	
  
DC,US:	
  American	
  Psychological	
  Association.	
  	
  
Fox,	
   S.	
   (2009).	
   The	
   Social	
   Life	
   of	
   Health	
   Information	
   Retrieved	
   September	
   14,	
   2009,	
   from	
  
http://www.pewinternet.org/Reports/2009/8-­‐The-­‐Social-­‐Life-­‐of-­‐Health-­‐Information.aspx	
  	
  
Talja,	
   S.,	
   &	
   Hansen,	
   P.	
   (2006).	
   Information	
   Sharing.	
   In	
   A.	
   Spink	
   &	
   C.	
   Cole	
   (Eds.),	
   New	
   Directions	
   in	
   Human	
  
Information	
  Behavior	
  (pp.	
  113-­‐134).	
  Dordrecht:	
  Springer.	
  	
  
Veinot,	
  T.	
  C.	
  (2009).	
  Interactive	
  acquisition	
  and	
  sharing:	
  Understanding	
  the	
  dynamics	
  of	
  HIV/AIDS	
  information	
  
networks.	
  Journal	
  of	
  the	
  American	
  Society	
  for	
  Information	
  Science	
  and	
  Technology,	
  In	
  press.	
  

More Related Content

PPTX
Damásio et al, 'Mobile Devices as drivers of Social Capital' at Communities i...
PDF
Cip07 Canada Online Highlights
PPTX
Social media and researchers: Josipa Crnic Deakin University
PPTX
New Ethical Dilemmas in the Digital age
PPTX
British columbia september2014_final
PPTX
Social Media
PDF
The machine in the ghost: a socio-technical perspective...
PPT
Friending Libraries: Why libraries can become nodes in people’s social networks
Damásio et al, 'Mobile Devices as drivers of Social Capital' at Communities i...
Cip07 Canada Online Highlights
Social media and researchers: Josipa Crnic Deakin University
New Ethical Dilemmas in the Digital age
British columbia september2014_final
Social Media
The machine in the ghost: a socio-technical perspective...
Friending Libraries: Why libraries can become nodes in people’s social networks

What's hot (19)

DOC
SMAG Evaluation
PDF
CHI_2013
PPT
PPT
Oregon Broadband: The Power of Adoption
PPTX
Lee Rainie's broadband keynote at "Online Opportunities"
PDF
QRWEBA2011 Conference Proceedings
PPT
David Nicholas, Ciber: Audience Analysis and Modelling, the case of CIBER and...
PDF
Online social networking and the academic achievement of university students ...
PDF
Research Design for the Study of Social Media Use by Dutch Development Organi...
DOCX
THE EFFECTS OF SOCIAL NETWORKING SITES ON THE ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE OF STUDENT...
PPT
Participatory Culture and Web 2.0 in Higher Education
PDF
Global time paper
PDF
Arts Organizations and Digital Technologies
PPT
The Internet And The Arts: How new technology affects old aesthetics
PDF
Social Media Adoption among the Banking Sector in Sri Lanka: Paper presented ...
PDF
Creating a Community of Practice for Emerging Technologies
PDF
Is Social Media Use Bad for Students’ Academic Performance?
DOC
The use of social media among nigerian youths.2
PDF
Laru, J. & Järvelä, S. (2008). Social patterns in mobile technology mediated ...
SMAG Evaluation
CHI_2013
Oregon Broadband: The Power of Adoption
Lee Rainie's broadband keynote at "Online Opportunities"
QRWEBA2011 Conference Proceedings
David Nicholas, Ciber: Audience Analysis and Modelling, the case of CIBER and...
Online social networking and the academic achievement of university students ...
Research Design for the Study of Social Media Use by Dutch Development Organi...
THE EFFECTS OF SOCIAL NETWORKING SITES ON THE ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE OF STUDENT...
Participatory Culture and Web 2.0 in Higher Education
Global time paper
Arts Organizations and Digital Technologies
The Internet And The Arts: How new technology affects old aesthetics
Social Media Adoption among the Banking Sector in Sri Lanka: Paper presented ...
Creating a Community of Practice for Emerging Technologies
Is Social Media Use Bad for Students’ Academic Performance?
The use of social media among nigerian youths.2
Laru, J. & Järvelä, S. (2008). Social patterns in mobile technology mediated ...
Ad

Viewers also liked (7)

PDF
Eprimer ecom
PDF
Budget and economic outlook 2014 to 2024
PDF
OurPDX preso for WordCampPortland
PDF
AJAX: How to Divert Threats
DOCX
Aprende ecxel
PPTX
Dzhengis 93098 ajax - security
PPT
Ajax Security
Eprimer ecom
Budget and economic outlook 2014 to 2024
OurPDX preso for WordCampPortland
AJAX: How to Divert Threats
Aprende ecxel
Dzhengis 93098 ajax - security
Ajax Security
Ad

Similar to Siguse 2009 Symposium Program (20)

PPT
Beyond broadcast and consume: modification of provider-user information behav...
PPTX
MINDSTORMING: UPA 2011 full presentation
PPT
The tensions between expected and actual engagement in digitally–mediated com...
DOC
Efi 2010 sib council agenda (social media)
PPT
Social Informatics Lecture 1 Salzburg Selection
PPT
Social Informatics Lecture 1 Salzburg Selection
PPTX
Rhk38
PDF
Scientific Information Management at the U.S. Geological Survey
PDF
From Inspiration to Activation: Making Online Collaborative Communities Work
PDF
eParticipation and Participatory Design
PPT
More than mere information assets : the reach of social media in information...
PDF
MediaLAB Design Research introductory workshop
PDF
Global Redirective Practices: an online workshop for a client
PDF
Perspectives on Information Routledge Studies in Library and Information Scie...
PDF
Examining Group Process - Thesis talk
PPT
Library trends and_theory
PDF
System support for IM in humanitarian operations (manuscrip 18 mars)
PPT
Getting real about social media
PDF
Social search
PDF
Social Technologies: challenges and opportunities for participation
Beyond broadcast and consume: modification of provider-user information behav...
MINDSTORMING: UPA 2011 full presentation
The tensions between expected and actual engagement in digitally–mediated com...
Efi 2010 sib council agenda (social media)
Social Informatics Lecture 1 Salzburg Selection
Social Informatics Lecture 1 Salzburg Selection
Rhk38
Scientific Information Management at the U.S. Geological Survey
From Inspiration to Activation: Making Online Collaborative Communities Work
eParticipation and Participatory Design
More than mere information assets : the reach of social media in information...
MediaLAB Design Research introductory workshop
Global Redirective Practices: an online workshop for a client
Perspectives on Information Routledge Studies in Library and Information Scie...
Examining Group Process - Thesis talk
Library trends and_theory
System support for IM in humanitarian operations (manuscrip 18 mars)
Getting real about social media
Social search
Social Technologies: challenges and opportunities for participation

Siguse 2009 Symposium Program

  • 1.                   Hosted  by:   Information  Needs,  Seeking,  and  Use  (SIG  USE)       In  collaboration  with:   Social  Informatics  (SIG  SI)   SIGs  of  the  American  Society  for  Information  Science  &  Technology     SIG  USE   Research   Symposium   November  7   2009   This   symposium   will   offer   guided   reflection   on   essential   questions   around   information   behavior   research   and   practice   in   social   and   collaborative   information   environments:   Where   is   collaborative   information   behavior   research  headed?  How  are  we  to  communicate  our  insights  to  researchers  and   practitioners   in   related   areas   of   study   and   design?   How   can   and   should   our   models,  theories  and  findings  inform  the  design  and  delivery  of  collaborative   and  innovative  information  products  and  services?   Collaborative   Information   Seeking  &   Sharing  
  • 2.   1                                 Special  thanks  to  Heather  Barahona  and  Will  Senn  for  their  work.     Printing  Services  provided  courtesy  of:       UNT  College  of  Information   Word  Cloud  courtesy  of:         Wordle.com  
  • 3.   2     Welcome!   We  enthusiastically  welcome  the  over  50  registered  attendees,  keynote  speakers,  members,  friends,  and  other   officers  to  the  10th  anniversary  research  symposium  on  Collaborative  Information  Seeking  and  Sharing  of  SIG   USE.     This   symposium   offers   an   opportunity   for   SIG   USE,   as   well   as   other   SIG   members,   to   reflect   on   essential   questions   around   information   behavior   research   and   practice   in   a   collaborative   context:   What   are   the   fundamental   questions   that   we   should   be   looking   at   in   this   line   of   research?   How   are   we   to   move   towards   making  greater  impacts  on  organizations  and  designers?     In  an  effort  to  consolidate  research  that  has  been  undertaken  by  attendees,  the  2009  SIG-­‐USE  Symposium  will   engage   in   reflection   on   where   collaborative   information   behavior   research   is   headed.   Examining   the   transformative  relationship  between  people  and  people,  as  well  as  people  and  information,  is  at  the  heart  of   information   behavior   research.   Taking   a   people-­‐centered   focus   to   our   inquiries,   we   have   amassed   understandings  about  the  way  people  work  with  information,  information  systems  and  the  people  with  whom   they  interact  in  the  process  of  information  seeking  and  sharing.     Communicating  these  insights  to  researchers  and  practitioners  in  related  areas  of  study  and  design,  however,   continues   to   pose   a   challenge   for   our   community.   Thus,   the   reflective   moment   to   be   offered   by   this   year’s   Symposium   will   be   used   to   consider   the   challenge   of   communicating   the   significance   of   USE   research   to   designers  of  products,  systems  and  services.     This  year’s  symposium  is  also  to  be  used  as  another  opportunity  to  bring  together  researchers  in  two  SIGs  (SIG   USE   and   SIG   SI)   to   explore   potential   synergies   between   the   research   interests   of   the   two   communities.   An   afternoon  session  is  requested  so  that  the  USE  symposium  can  follow  a  networking  lunch  run  jointly  by  SIG-­‐USE   and  SIG-­‐SI  (who  are  running  a  morning  symposium).     Please  visit  our  wiki  for  updated  information:  http://www.asis.org/wiki/AM09/index.php/Siguse   Symposium  Organizers:     Nadia  Caidi,  University  of  Toronto,  Canada   Guillermo  Oyarce,  University  of  North  Texas   Soo  Young  Rieh,  University  of  Michigan     Stay  connected  with  SIG  USE  during  and  after  the  conference!   SIG  USE  now  has  a  space  in  Second  Life  on  ASIS&T  Island.  Find  colleagues  in  our  Facebook  group  (SIG  USE),   contribute  your  photos  to  our  Flickr  area,  or  follow  us  on  Twitter.  Look  for  upcoming  events  on  our  SIG  USE  web   site,  as  well  as  links  to  all  of  the  above  social  networking  tools:    http://siguse.org.                          
  • 4.   3     Symposium  Agenda       Saturday,  November  7,  2009     12:30  –  1:30   Networking  lunch  with  SIG  SI  (location  TBD)   1:30  –  1:40     Introduction  and  logistics     1:40  –  1:55   Award  presentations   1:55  –  2:10     Talk  by  Ya-­‐Ling  Lu,  2009  Chatman  Research  Proposal  Award  Winner     2:10  –  2:40   Keynote  speech  1:  Diane  Sonnenwald     2:40  –  3:40   Small  group  discussion  session  1  and  reporting     1. How  does  our  research  address  the  transformative  relationship  between   people  and  information?     2. What  are  the  fundamental  questions  that  we  should  be  looking  at  in  our   research?     3:40  –  4:00   Break   4:00  –  4:30   Keynote  speech  2:  David  McDonald     4:30  –  5:30   Small  group  discussion  session  2  and  reporting   3. How  are  we  to  move  towards  making  a  greater  impact  on  organizations  and   designers?     4. How  can  or  should  collaborative  information  behavior  research  be  presented   to  translate  effectively  into  the  language  of  other  information  research   communities?     5:30  –  6:00   Wrap-­‐up  by/with  keynote  speakers  and  conclusions                  
  • 5.   4     Speakers   Elfreda  A.  Chatman  Research  Proposal  recipient  for  2008:  Ya-­‐Ling  Lu     Children’s  Information  Behaviors  in  Coping  with  Daily  Life     This  project  examines  children’s  information  behaviors  in  coping  with  their  daily-­‐life  problems  as  well  as  factors   that  influence  their  information  seeking  in  this  coping  context.  Data  was  collected  through  semi-­‐structured,   open-­‐ended  surveys.  The  sample  consisted  of  641  children,  including  335  girls  and  321  boys,  in  fifth-­‐  and  sixth-­‐ grade  classrooms  from  an  urban  public  elementary  school  in  Taiwan.  This  study  found  that  in  coping  with  daily-­‐ life  problems  nearly  2/3  of  the  participating  children  would  seek  information,  that  6th  graders  were  more  likely   to  do  so,  and  that  gender  did  not  make  information  seeking  more  (or  less)  probable  in  this  coping  context.  Data   from  this  study  also  revealed  five  major  different  information  seeking  behaviors  related  to  coping:  information   seeking  for  problem  solving,  information  seeking  for  escape,  information  seeking  for  a  transition,  information   seeking  to  change  mood,  and  information  avoidance.  Because  children  aim  at  different  goals,  the  types  of   information  they  need  vary.     Keynote:  Diane  Sonnenwald   Head  of  School  &  Professor  at  School  of  information  and  Library  Studies,  UCD,  Dublin,  Ireland   Collaborating  with  Other  Disciplines:  Joys  and  Perils   Drawing   on   over   a   decade   of   collaboration   with   computer   scientists,   chemists   and   researchers   in   other   disciplines  while  conducting  research  on  collaboration  and  the  design  and  evaluation  of  collaboration  practices   and  technology,  Diane  will  share  insights  gained  from  her  research  regarding  the  challenges,  opportunities  and   new  ways  of  conducting  multidisciplinary  research  to  facilitate  information  sharing  and  knowledge  transfer  to   better   enable   our   models,   theories   and   findings   to   inform   the   design   and   implementation   of   collaboration   technology.  Personal  examples  of  successes  and  challenges  will  be  presented.   Diane  H.  Sonnenwald  is  Head  of  School  and  Professor  at  the  School  of  Information  and  Library  Studies  at  UCD,   Dublin,  Ireland,  and  an  adjunct  professor  of  computer  science  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.   She  conducts  research  on  collaboration  and  collaboration  technology  in  a  variety  of  contexts,  including  scientific   collaboration,   industry-­‐academic   collaboration,   and   collaboration   in   emergency   healthcare.   This   research   has   been   published   in   over   90   journal   articles,   conference   papers   and   book   chapters.   She   leads   a   project   investigating  the  potential  of  3D  telepresence  technology  to  improve  emergency  healthcare.  This  project  has   been   funded   by   the   U.S.   National   Library   of   Medicine,   and   is   a   collaboration   with   the   Computer   Science   Department   and   the   School   of   Medicine   at   the   University   of   North   Carolina   at   Chapel   Hill.   Diane   is   also   investigating   the   evaluation   of   distributed   collaborative   work.   Previously   Diane   led   the   nanoManipulator   Collaboratory   Design   &   Evaluation   Research   Project   funded   by   the   National   Institutes   of   Health,   and   the   Collaboration   Effort   at   the   National   Science   Foundation   Science   and   Technology   Center   for   Environmentally   Responsible  Solvents  and  Processes.  In  both  projects  she  and  her  team  investigated  how  new  technology  can   impact  scientific  collaboration  across  distances.  Diane  has  been  a  Fulbright  Professor  in  Finland.  Other  awards   and   recognition   include   a   U.S.   Army   Research   Laboratory   Scientific   Contribution   Award,   UNC   Junior   Faculty   Research  Award,  ALISE  Research  Methodology  Best  Paper  Award,  and  Bell  Communications  Research  Award  of   Excellence.  
  • 6.   5       Keynote  David  McDonald     Faculty  at  the  Information  School  at  University  of  Washington,  Program  Director  for  the  Human  Centered   Computing  program  at  the  National  Science  Foundation   An  Issue  of  Scale:  Moving  toward  a  Paradigm  for  Mass  Participation  Computing   Wide-­‐spread   access   to   the   Internet   and   networked   communications   technologies   have   opened   a   space   of   applications  that  facilitate  new  forms  of  interaction  and  collaboration.  Inviting  large  numbers  of  participants  into   new   collaborative   applications   creates   many   challenges.   When   online   communities   grow,   ensuring   congenial   interactions  among  all  of  the  members  is  nearly  impossible.  Differences  in  perspectives,  beliefs,  and  attitudes   ensure  that  the  multivalent  character  of  social  relations  emerges.  Systems  and  infrastructure  rarely  account  for   mechanisms   that   allow   for   the   effective   management   of   conflict.   Handling   challenges   that   result   from   scale   requires   rethinking   the   way   we   frame   research   questions   about   online   participation   -­‐   a   potentially   new   paradigm.   Dr.   David   W.   McDonald   joined   the   faculty   at   The   Information   School   at   University   of   Washington   in   January   2002.  Dr.  McDonald  is  currently  serving  as  a  Program  Director  for  the  Human  Centered  Computing  program  at   the  National  Science  Foundation  (NSF)  in  the  Computer,  Information  Science  and  Engineering  (CISE)  Directorate.   David  has  ongoing  projects  studying  Wikipedia  and  technology  and  media  use  in  the  home.  He  has  published   research  on  collaborative  authoring,  recommendation  systems,  organizational  memory,  and  public  use  of  large   screen  displays.  His  general  research  interests  span  Computer-­‐Supported  Cooperative  Work  (CSCW)  and  Human-­‐ Computer  Interaction  (HCI).  David  earned  his  Ph.D.  in  Information  and  Computer  Science  at  the  University  of   California,  Irvine.  At  UC  Irvine  he  was  part  of  the  Computing,  Organizations,  Policy  and  Society  (CORPS)  group.   David  has  worked  at  FX  Palo  Alto  Laboratory  in  the  Personal  and  Mobile  technology  group  and  at  AT&T  Labs,   Human  Computer  Interaction  group.                      
  • 7.   6       Small  Group  Discussion  Session  1       Group  A   Group  B   Group  C   Group  D   Group  E   Louise  Limberg   Heidi  Julien   Cecelia  Brown   Theresa  Anderson   Karen  Fisher   Eileen  Abels   Jonathan  Foster   June  Abbas   Nadia  Caidi   Janet  Arth   Shelagh  K.  Genuis   Crystal  Fulton   Sanda  Erdelez   Jia  Tina  Du   Leanne  Bowler   Sean  P.  Goggins   Brandey  Hemmiger   Isto  Huvila     Stephen  Hockema   Helena  Francke   Min-­‐Chun  Ku   Yaling  Lu   Evelyn  Markwei     Paulette  Kerr   Mamiko  Matsubayashi   Margaret  Lam   Shen-­‐Tzu  Lin   David  McDonald     Kyungwon  Koh   Michael  Nilan   Janet  Mumford   Diane  Mizrachi   Makiko  Miwa     Yutaka  Manchu   Guillermo  Oyarce   Diane    Sonnenwald     Ophelia  Morey   Sanghee  Oh     Eric  Meyers   Theresa  Putkey   Sandra  Toze   Valerie  Nesset   Anindita  Paul     Katie  O’Leary   Nasser  Saleh   Rebekah  Willson   Jeanette  de  Richemond   Kathleen  Reed     Saeed  Sharifabadi   Robert  J.  Sandusky   Borchuluun  Yadamsuren   Stina  Westman   Soo  Young  Rieh   Tiffany  Veinot   Maria  Souden       Fred  Stutzman     Carol  Wood   Ruth  Vondracek       Small  Group  Discussion  Session  2     Group  A   Group  B   Group  C   Group  D   Group  E   Eileen  Abels   Sanda  Erdelez   Eric  Meyers   Tiffany  Veinot   Robert  Sandusky   Theresa  Anderson   Leanne  Bowler   Nadia  Caidi   Crystal  Fulton   June  Abbas   Janet  M.  Arth   Jian  Tina  Du   Jonathan  Foster     Shelagh  K.  Genuis     Helena  Francke   Cecelia  Brown   Karen  Fisher     Stephen  Hockema   Bradley  Hemminger   Yaling  Lu   Isto  Huvila   Sean  Goggins   Heidi  Julien   Min-­‐Chun  Ku   Paulette  Kerr   Kyungwon  Koh   Margaret  Lam   Louise  Limberg   Ophelia  Morey   Shen-­‐Tzu  Lin   David  McDonald   Yataka  Manchu   Evelyn  Markwei   Michael  Nilan   Mamiko  Matsubayashi   Makiko  Miwa   Sanghee  Oh   Janet  Mumford   Katie  O’Leary   Theresa  Putkey   Diane  Mizrachi     Guillermo  Oyarce   Valerie  Nesset   Jeanette  de  Richemond   Soo  Young  Rieh   Nasser  Saleh   Anindita  Paul     Kathleen  Reed   Diane  Sonnenwald   Sandra  Toze     Saeed  Sharifabadi   Borchuluun  Yadamsuren   Ruth  Vondrcek   Maria  Souden   Stina  Westman   Carol  Wood       Rebekah  Willson   Fred  Stutzman        
  • 8.   7       2009  SIG  USE  Award  Winners       Best  Information  Behavior  Paper:  $200.00   Tiffany  Veinot,  University  of  Michigan   “A  lot  of  people  didn’t  have  a  chance  to  support  us  because  we  never  told  them…”:  Stigma  management,   information  poverty  and  HIV/AIDS  information/help  networks     Best  Information  Behavior  Poster:  $200.00   Joung  Hwa  Koo  and  Melissa  Gross,  Florida  State  University   Adolescents’  Information  Behavior  when  Isolated  from  Peer  Groups:  Lessons  from  New  Immigrant  Adolescents’   Everyday  Life  Information  Seeking     Honorable  Mention  for  Best  Poster:   Ellen  Rubenstein,  University  of  Illinois   Dimensions  of  Information  Exchange  in  an  Online  Breast  Cancer  Support  Group     Elfreda  Chatman  Award:  $1000.00   Rachael  Clemens  and  Amber  Cushing,  University  of  North  Carolina  Chapel  Hill   Deeply  Meaningful  Contexts:  Probing  the  Boundaries  of  Everyday  Life  Information  Seeking     PhD  Student  Travel  Award:  $500.00   Diane  Mizrachi,  UCLA     Masters  Student  Travel  Award:  $500.00   Margaret  Lam,  University  of  Toronto     Interdisciplinary  Travel  Award:  $200.00   Chirag  Shah,  University  of  North  Carolina  Chapel  Hill  to  attend  the  2010  Computer-­‐Supported  Cooperative  Work   (CSCW)  Conference     Outstanding  Contributions  to  Information  Behavior:  $500.00   Tom  Wilson,  retired  
  • 9.   8       Join  Us  for  Exciting  Events!       2009  is  an  exciting  landmark  in  SIGUSE  history.  We  are  looking  forward  to  celebrating  our  anniversary  with  you.       SIG  USE  10th  Anniversary  Reception   Saturday,  November  7th ,  2009,  6.30pm.       Happy  Birthday!  2009  marks  the  10th  Anniversary  of  SIG  USE.    We  invite  everyone  to  celebrate  at  an  evening   reception.    Come  reminisce  with  old  friends  and  meet  newcomers  to  SIG  USE.         SIG  USE  Breakfast  Planning  Meeting   Sunday,  November  8th,  2009,  8am.  Hyatt  Regency  Restaurant.   We  invite  you  to  get  involved  in  next  year's  SIG  USE  event  planning.       SIG  USE  Anniversary  Panel     Celebrating  10  Years  of  SIG  USE:  A  Fish  Bowl  Dialogue  on  Information  Behavior  Research  Past,  Present  &  Future   Tuesday,  November  10th ,  3.30-­‐5pm   What   will   the   next   10   years   of   Information   Behavior   research   bring?     Are   we   at   a   turning   point   in   studying   Information  Behavior?    This  panel  reflects  on  the  development  of  Information  Behavior  research  and  explores   future   directions,   featuring   new   doctoral   work,   ongoing   major   research   studies,   and   new   opportunities   for   topics,  partnerships,  and  funding.          
  • 10.   9       List  of  Registered  Attendees     Ms.  June  Abbas   jmabbas@ou.edu   Dr.  David  McDonald   dwmc@u.washington.edu   Ms.  Eileen  G.  Abels   eabels@drexel.edu   Mr.  Eric  Meyers   meyerse@u.washington.edu   Ms.  Theresa  D.  Anderson   theresa.anderson@uts.edu.au   Ms.  Makiko  Miwa   miwamaki@nime.ac.jp   Ms.  Janet  M.  Arth   arth@tc.umn.edu   Ms.  Diane  Mizrachi   mizrachi@library.ucla.edu   Ms.  Leanne  Bowler   lbowler@sis.pitt.edu   Ms.  Ophelia  Morey   otmorey@buffalo.edu   Ms.  Cecelia  Brown   cbrown@ou.edu   Janet  Mumford   jmum@telus.net   Jeanette  de  Richemond   jderichemond@gmail.com   Ms.  Valerie  Nesset   vmnesset@buffalo.edu   Ms.  Jia  Du   jia.du@student.qut.edu.au   Dr.  Michael  S.  Nilan   jlpulver@syr.edu   Dr.  Sanda  Erdelez   sanda@missouri.edu   Ms.  Katie  O'Leary   katieolo@gmail.com   Dr.  Karen  E.  Fisher   fisher@u.washington.edu   Mrs.  Sanghee  Oh   shoh@email.unc.edu   Dr.  Jonathan  Foster   j.j.foster@sheffield.ac.uk   Dr.  Guillermo  Oyarce   oyga@unt.edu   Ms.  Helena  Francke   helena.francke@hb.se   Ms.  Anindita  Paul   ap6v8@mizzou.edu   Dr.  Crystal  Fulton   crystal.fulton@ucd.ie   Ms.  Theresa  Putkey   tputkey@keypointe.ca   Shelagh  Genuis   genuis@ualberta.ca   Kathleen  Reed   kjreed@ualberta.ca   Sean  Goggins   sean.goggins@mizzou.edu   Saeed    R.  Sharifabadi   srezaei@alzahra.ac.ir   Mr.  Bradley  Hemminger   bmh@ils.unc.edu   Ms.  Soo-­‐Young  Rieh   rieh@umich.edu   Mr.  Isto  Huvila   isto.huvila@abo.fi   Mr.  Nasser  Saleh   nasser.saleh@queensu.ca   Ms.  Heidi  E.  Julien   heidi.julien@ualberta.ca   Mr.  Robert  J.  Sandusky   sandusky@uic.edu   Ms.  Paulette  Kerr   pakerr@eden.rutgers.edu   Ms.  Maria  Souden   seramar@umich.edu   Ms.  Kyungwon  Koh     Mr.  Frederic  Stutzman   fred@metalab.unc.edu   Ms  Min-­‐Chun  Ku   minchunku@yahoo.com   Ms.  Sandra  Toze   sandra.toze@dal.ca   Ms.  Margaret  Lam   margaret.lam@gmail.com   Dr.  Tiffany  Veinot   tveinot@umich.edu   Ms.  Louise  Limberg   louise.limberg@hb.se   Ms.  Ruth  Vondracek   ruth.vondracek@oregonstate.edu   Shen-­‐Tzu  Lin   r95126005@ntu.edu.tw   Ms.  Stina  Westman   stina.westman@tkk.fi   Dr.  Yaling  Lu   yalinglu@rci.rutgers.edu   Rebekah  Willson   bwillson@myroyal.ca   Yutaka  Manchu   manchu.yutaka@toshiba-­‐sol.co.jp   Carol  Wood   woodc@daca.mil   Evelyn  Markwei   dedeiaf@yahoo.co.uk   Ms.  Borchuluun  Yadamsuren   by888@mizzou.edu   Ms.  Mamiko  Matsubayashi   mamiko@slis.tsukuba.ac.jp                                                                                                                                          
  • 11.   10     Position  Papers   Abels,  Eileen.....................................................................................................................................................................................................11   Anderson,  Theresa...........................................................................................................................................................................................12   Bar-­‐Ilan,  Judit...................................................................................................................................................................................................13   Borchuluun,  Yadamsuren  &  Erdelez,  Sanda.....................................................................................................................................................14   Brown,  Cecelia  &  Abbas,  June .........................................................................................................................................................................15   Caidi,  Nadia,  Fiser,  Adam  &  Lam,  Margaret.....................................................................................................................................................16   Du,  Tina............................................................................................................................................................................................................17   Foster,  Jonathan,  Wu,  Mei-­‐Mei  &  Lin,  Angela .................................................................................................................................................18   Fulton,  Crystal..................................................................................................................................................................................................19   Genuis,  Shelagh  K. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................20   Goggins,  Sean  &  Erdelez,  Sanda.......................................................................................................................................................................21   Hockema,  Stephen...........................................................................................................................................................................................22   Huvila,  Isto .......................................................................................................................................................................................................23   Julien,  Heidi......................................................................................................................................................................................................24   Lam,  Margaret .................................................................................................................................................................................................25   Limberg,  Louise................................................................................................................................................................................................26   Lueg,  Christopher.............................................................................................................................................................................................27   Miwa,  Makiko ..................................................................................................................................................................................................28   Markwei,  Evelyn ..............................................................................................................................................................................................29   Meyers,  Eric .....................................................................................................................................................................................................30   Morey,  Ophelia................................................................................................................................................................................................31   Mumford,  Janet ...............................................................................................................................................................................................32   Nesset,  Valerie.................................................................................................................................................................................................33   Oh,  Sanghee.....................................................................................................................................................................................................34   Oyarce,  Guillermo  A.........................................................................................................................................................................................35   Paul,  Anindita...................................................................................................................................................................................................36   Phuwanartnurak,  Ammy  Jiranida.....................................................................................................................................................................35   Reed,  Kathleen.................................................................................................................................................................................................38   de  Richemond,  Jeanette ..................................................................................................................................................................................39   Rubenstein,  Ellen .............................................................................................................................................................................................40   Sharifabadi,  Saeed  R. .......................................................................................................................................................................................41   Stutzman,  Fred.................................................................................................................................................................................................42   Willson,  Rebekah .............................................................................................................................................................................................43   Veinot,  Tiffany .................................................................................................................................................................................................44    
  • 12.   11     ABELS,  EILEEN      iSchool,  Drexel  University     Reference   services   have   focused   on   the   interaction   between   two   people,   the   librarian   or   information   professional  and  the  patron  or  information  seeker.  In  general,  the  interaction  between  the  two  is  more  of  a   conversation   than   a   collaborative   effort.   Some   collaboration   between   librarians   has   occurred   and   with   the   introduction   of   digital   cooperative   reference   services,   there   has   been   an   increase   in   collaboration   between   librarians  to  provide  reference  respond  to  reference  questions  is  not  new.  Margaret  Hutchins  (1944)  encouraged   librarians   to   “call   on   other   [librarians]   for   suggestions”.   More   recently,   the   Reference   and   User   Services   Association’s   Guidelines   for   Behavioral   Performance   of   Reference   and   Information   Service   Providers   (2004)   recommended   multi-­‐librarian   collaboration   for   question   answering.   In   the   RUSA   guidelines,   the   following   is   stated:  “[guideline]  5.4…  Consults  other  librarians  or  experts  in  the  field  when  additional  subject  expertise  is   needed.”  Some  research  findings  suggest  that  librarian-­‐to-­‐librarian  collaboration  during  reference  transactions   may   improve   accuracy   and   augment   performance   (e.g.,   McKenzie,   2003;   Kemp   &   Dillon,   1988;   Nolan,   1992;   Quinn,  2001;  Pomerantz,  2006).     In   addition   to   question   answering   services   provided   by   libraries,   many   online   Q&A   services   have   emerged.   Despite   the   collaborative   nature   of   many   social   networking   tools   on   the   internet,   reference   services   and   question  answering  services  have  remained  more  or  less  a  one  to  one  or  one  to  many  type  of  interaction  rather   than   a   true   collaboration.   Even   in   question   answering   services   in   which   an   information   seeker   requests   an   answer  to  a  question,  the  different  responses  received  are  generated  individually  and  the  information  seeker   selects  the  best  answer.     Collaborative  reference  services,  in  which  librarians  and  patrons  collaborate  would  require  a  paradigm  shift  in   current  models  of  reference  services.  There  are  many  questions  related  to  collaborative  reference  services.  The   following   are   just   a   few   examples:   Will   collaborative   reference   service   outperform   “traditional”   reference   services  in  terms  of  the  quality  of  the  responses  and  patron  satisfaction?  What  will  an  effective  collaborative   environment  look  like?  Are  current  reference  service  models  applicable  to  a  collaborative  reference  service?     References:     Hutchins,  M.  (1944).  Introduction  to  Reference  Work.  Chicago,  IL:  American  Library  Association.     Jackson,  L.,  &  Hansen,  J.  (2006).  Creating  Collaborative  Partnerships:  Building  the  Framework.  Reference  Services   Review,  34(4),  575-­‐588.  4     Kemp,  J.,  &  Dillon,  D.  (1989).  Collaboration  and  the  Accuracy  Imperative:  Improving  Reference  Service  Now.  RQ,   29(1),  62-­‐70.     McKenzie,  P.J.  (2003).  User  Perspectives  on  Staff  Cooperation  During  the  Reference  Transaction.  The  Reference   Librarian,  83/84,  5-­‐22.     Nolan,  C.W.  (1992).  Closing  the  Reference  Interview:  Implications  for  Policy  and  Practice.  RQ,  31(4),  513-­‐521.     Pomerantz,  J.,  &  Stutzman,  F.  (2006).  Collaborative  Reference  Work  in  the  Blogosphere.  Reference  Services   Review,  34(2),  200-­‐212.     Quinn,  B.  (2001).  Cooperation  and  Competition  at  the  Reference  Desk.  The  Reference  Librarian,  34(72),  65-­‐82.     Reference  and  User  Services  Association.  (2004).  Guidelines  for  Behavioral  Performance  of  Reference  and   Information  Service  Providers.  Retrieved  9  July  2009,  from   http://www.ala.org/ala/mgrps/divs/rusa/resources/guidelines/guidelinesbehavioral.cfm.  
  • 13.   12     ANDERSON,  THERESA   University  of  Technology,  Sydney   Social  Relevance:  witnessing  personal/interpersonal  interplay  in  collaborative  information  environments   Relevance   is   a   central   concept   for   information   science   used   as   a   measurement   for   evaluating   information   systems.  However,  it  is  a  concept  that  significantly  extends  far  beyond  this  traditional  domain,  since  it  is  also  at   the  heart  of  the  human  communication  of  meaning.  It  is  an  essentially  human  construct  that  is  embedded  in  the   everyday   practices   of   communication,   information   seeking   and   knowledge   generation.   In   the   context   of   information  behaviour  research,  exploring  human  judgments  of  relevance  overlaps  with  explorations  of  other   core  information  concepts  like  cognitive  authority  and  credibility.  In  each  instance,  research  reveals  rich  layers   of  meaning  and  practice  at  both  personal  and  social  levels  of  human  judgments  of  information.  In  keeping  with   this   year’s   symposium   themes,   this   paper   discusses   the   diverse   social   and   contextual   dimensions   of   such   judgments,   particularly   within   the   complexity   of   computer-­‐mediated   information   activities   in   collaborative   information  environments.  When  examined  from  the  searcher’s  –as  opposed  to  the  system’s  –  perspective,  the   social  and  collaborative  aspects  are  seen  to  be  far  more  embedded  in  these  practices  than  is  accounted  for  in   many   depictions   of   collaborative   information   retrieval.   The   inherently   interactive   character   of   judgments   of   relevance,   credibility   and   cognitive   authority   means   that   social   and   private   aspects   are   interwoven   in   the   seeking  and  gathering  of  information.  Witnessing  the  collaborative  character  of  seemingly  individual  information   seeking  reveals  just  how  embedded  social  communication  is  in  these  judgments.  Equally,  study  of  information   practices  in  social  or  collaborative  contexts  reveals  great  diversity  in  the  individual  responses  to  a  collaborative   context.   Our   understanding   of   collaborative   systems   must   take   into   account   such   ‘real-­‐life’   experiences   of   searchers   and   searcher   communities.   And   yet,   experience   shows   that   it   can   be   difficult   to   translate   this   understanding  of  human  practices  –  at  the  individual  as  well  as  at  the  collaborative  level  –  into  effective  designs   of  collaborative  environments.  This  proposed  paper  builds  on  the  author’s  individual  efforts  to  move  between   information  seeking,  information  retrieval  and  CSCW  communities  to  share  research  findings  on  this  very  topic.   It  discusses  both  a  theoretical  framework  and  case  studies  developed  in  an  effort  to  communicate  this  learning   so  that  it  might  be  effectively  applied  to  the  design,  development  and  evaluation  of  collaborative  IR  systems.    
  • 14.   13       BAR-­‐ILAN,  JUDIT     Department  of  Information  Science,  Bar-­‐Ilan  University,  Israel   Collaborative  Image  Tagging   In  a  recently  completed  research  we  studied  the  effects  of  collaboration  on  users’  image  tagging  behavior.  Our   users  were  presented  with  12  images  related  to  Jewish  cultural  heritage.  They  were  asked  to  tag  the  images  in   order  to  facilitate  their  retrieval  by  others.  In  the  first  phase  of  the  experiment  each  user  was  asked  to  tag  the   images  without  seeing  the  tags  assigned  by  others.  In  the  second  stage  the  tags  assigned  by  at  least  two  users  in   the  first  stage  were  shown  to  all  the  participants.  In  addition  the  users  were  encouraged  to  interact  though  a   discussion  forum  set  up  for  each  image.  This  was  the  place  to  try  to  convince  the  other  participants  to  remove   specific  tags  or  to  add  a  new  tag  that  the  user  considered  as  an  important  tag,  but  did  not  appear  in  the  list,   because  he  was  the  only  participant  that  assigned  the  tag  to  the  image.  The  users  were  allowed  to  change  the   tags  assigned  by  them  in  the  previous  phase:  to  delete  existing  tags,  to  edit  them,  to  add  tags  from  the  displayed   list  of  tags  or  to  add  a  brand  new  tag.     The  experiment  was  conducted  with  three  groups  of  about  40  participants  each.  Our  findings  show  that  in  each   group  the  number  of  assigned  tags  increased  in  the  second  phase  by  more  than  20%  on  average;  the  number  of   distinct  tags  decreased  in  81%  of  the  cases,  and  the  most  popular  tags  became  even  more  popular  after  the   second  stage.     Our  findings  suggest  that  collaboration  and  interaction  lead  to  convergence  of  image  tags.  In  this  case,  like  in   many  other  Web  2.0  applications,  the  “wisdom  of  the  crowds”  phenomenon  is  at  work.  In  addition,  like  in  many   other  situations,  we  also  witness  the  “rich-­‐get-­‐richer”  phenomenon,  where  initially  popular  tags  become  even   more  popular  after  the  users  are  allowed  to  collaborate.     This  research  was  supported  by  THE  ISRAEL  SCIENCE  FOUNDATION  (grant  No.  307/07),  and  is  joint  work  with   Maayan   Zhitomirsky-­‐Geffet,   Yitzchak   Miller   and   Snunith   Shoham,   all   from   the   Department   of   Information   Science  at  Bar-­‐Ilan  University.      
  • 15.   14       BORCHULUUN,  YADAMSUREN1  &  ERDELEZ,  SANDA2     1   Doctoral  Candidate,  School  of  Information  Science  and  Learning  Technologies,  University  of  Missouri     2   Associate  Professor,  School  of  Information  Science  and  Learning  Technologies,  University  of  Missouri     Collaborative  news  reading  behavior     This  position  paper  presents  the  preliminary  findings  from  an  ongoing  study  on  incidental  exposure  to  online   news  in  everyday  life  information  seeking  context.  The  mixed  method  study  with  web  survey,  interview,  and   think   aloud   sessions   were   conducted   for   this   study.   146   respondents   participated   in   the   web   survey   and   20   people  were  interviewed.  The  preliminary  results  from  the  study  show  that  news  reading  is  not  an  individual   behavior,  but  collaborative  process  of  finding  news  sources,  news  stories,  and  sharing  them  with  others.  The   study  respondents  said  that  the  Internet  provides  numerous  opportunities  for  them  to  share  and  read  news   collaboratively.  It  appears  that  many  respondents’  news  selection  depends  on  what  other  people  read  in  the   given  day.  They  check  the  popular  storied  picked  by  the  digital  crowd  at  the  specific  spots  on  news  websites,   such  as  “Most  e-­‐mailed,”  and  “Most  read.”  They  visit  the  crowd  surfing  websites,  such  as  diggit.com  to  follow   the  selection  of  stories  by  other  readers.  The  respondents  said  that  they  read  the  comments  sections  for  news   stories  and  exchange  their  ideas  and  other  sources  related  to  the  stories.  Social  networking  sites  are  becoming  a   big  avenue  for  collaborative  news  reading.  These  findings  indicate  that  studies  of  news  reading  behavior  with   the   theoretical   lenses   of   Savolainen’s   (1995)   everyday   life   information   seeking   model   and   Erdelez’s   (1997)   Information  Encountering  model  could  address  the  emerging  aspects  for  transformative  relationship  between   news  consumers  and  different  forms  of  news  stories.     Based  on  the  present  study,  the  fundamental  questions  we  should  be  looking  at  are  the  nature  of  collaborative   news  reading  behavior  and  its  implications  on  designing  the  different  online  news  services.  We  should  closely   study  the  tools  news  consumers  use  to  collaborate  and  share  news  stories  and  how  the  interface  design  and   news  selection  methods  on  news  sites  could  affect  information  behavior  of  users,  who  come  to  these  sites  later.   It  would  be  interesting  to  study  the  types  of  news  readers  who  come  to  the  news  sites  first  and  serve  as  “digital   gatekeepers”  for  future  visitors.  The  places  where  people  share  news  should  be  another  important  venue  for   further  research  in  collaborative  news  reading  behavior.  The  ways  of  sharing  news  with  others  (e-­‐mail,  personal   communication,  conversation,  social  networking  and  special  interest  group  sites)  would  add  much  more  on  our   research  in  collaborative  news  reading.     Research  on  news  reading  behavior,  including  social  aspects  of  news  reading  and  collaborative  news  reading   behavior  could  have  impact  on  the  design  of  online  news  websites,  social  networking  sites,  blogs  and  many   other  news-­‐oriented  information  systems.  With  the  rapid  technology  development  and  spread  usage  of  the   Internet  in  our  daily  lives,  the  traditional  definition  of  news  is  changing.  People  have  much  broader  definition  of   news,  not  only  focusing  on  stories  coming  from  the  traditional  news  organizations.  Thus,  our  studies  on  social   behavior  of  news  reading  and  collaborative  aspect  in  this  realm  could  have  much  greater  impact  in  terms  of  how   to  design  of  the  news  sites  affects  public  opinion  and  public  communication  in  society.     In  order  to  effectively  communicate  our  research  on  collaborative  news  reading  to  other  research  communities,   we   should   use   the   language   of   their   field.   Audience   studies   in   mass   communication   with   the   usage   of   the   Dependency  theory,  Gatekeeping  theory  and  Uses  &  Gratifications  theory  could  be  a  good  starting  point  to  see   how  we  could  improve  the  language  to  present  our  research  studies.  On  the  other  hand,  we  should  present  our   paper  for  the  different  research  communities  so  that  they  could  use  the  language  of  our  field.    
  • 16.   15       BROWN,  CECELIA  &  ABBAS,  JUNE     University  of  Oklahoma   Scholar’s  Perceptions  of  Institutional  Repositories  for  Collaborative     Institutions   worldwide   have   created   a   host   of   openly   accessible   online   repositories   populated   with   locally   produced   scholarly   works.   Online   institutional   repositories   (IRs)   are   touted   as   innovative   mechanisms   for   scholars  to  organize  and  store  their  research  related  information  and  for  broad  dissemination  and  long-­‐term   preservation  of  an  institution’s  intellectual  capital.  Provision  of  outlets  for  scholars  to  quickly  and  easily  share   thoughts,  ideas,  and  data  beyond  the  confines  of  traditional  communication  channels  can  transform  the  way   they  communicate  with  one  another  and  hence  advance  understanding  of  the  world  and  create  new  knowledge.   Information  professionals  appreciate  these  attributes  of  IRs  yet  scholars  in  other  fields  who  are  accustomed  to   the   traditional   peer-­‐reviewed   system   of   scholarly   communication   may   not   recognize   the   benefits   of   openly   accessible  IRs.  Yet,  for  an  IR  to  be  successful  and  enduring  it  must  be  considered  beneficial  to,  and  used  by,  the   intended  audience.  Therefore,  as  the  initial  step  in  the  development  of  our  institution’s  IR,  our  research  seeks  to   first   understand   the   perceptions   held   by   faculty   members   in   a   range   of   disciplines   about   the   benefits,   drawbacks,  and  uses  of  IRs  for  their  scholarly  information  seeking  and  sharing.  By  being  informed  and  guided  by   the  information  habits,  needs,  and  desires  of  the  audience  for  whom  the  IR  is  designed,  it  is  hoped  that  the   resultant  IR  will  align  well  with  the  ways  our  users  want  and  need  to  share  and  seek  scholarly  information.  Also,   by  using  the  research  as  an  opportunity  to  convey  the  benefits  of  an  IR  to  the  scholars  whose  information  needs,   uses,   and   desires   we   are   continually   are   striving   to   fulfill,   our   research   will   provide   the   foundation   for   the   creation  of  an  effective  and  sustainable  scholarly  information  service.      
  • 17.   16       CAIDI,  NADIA,  FISER,  ADAM  &  LAM,  MARGARET     University  of  Toronto   Trial  by  Fire:  Teaching  Community  Engagement     The  potentials  and  challenges  of  collaborative  information  seeking  and  sharing  are  never  as  evident  as  when  one   undertakes  a  ‘real  life’  project  that  entails  working  with  stakeholders.  The  need  to  establish  trust  emerges,  as   issues  of  consensus  building,  defining  what  is  desired  vs.  possible,  what  is  needed  vs.  useful  come  forward.  The   necessary  skills  to  maintain  effective  communication  —  such  as  listening  skills,  creativity  and  even  a  dose  of   humour  —  are  not  honed  nearly  enough  at  our  iSchools.  What  can  we  do  to  prepare  the  next  generation  of   information  professionals  to  work  effectively  in  a  collaborative  context?     At  the  Univ.  of  Toronto,  the  On-­‐Demand  Book  Service  (ODBS)  project  served  as  the  core  curriculum  material  for   a  course  on  "Information  and  Culture  in  a  Global  Context".  Conceived  in  collaboration  with  the  KO  Research   Institute  (KORI),  the  ODBS  has  the  vision  of  utilizing  ICTs  to  bring  physical  books  into  remote  communities  that   lack  the  access  to  printed  content  that  we  all  take  for  granted.  In  the  process  of  negotiating  the  project  with  the   stakeholders  involved,  students  confronted  the  real  challenges  faced  by  isolated  Northern  native  communities  in   the  form  of  four  teams:  community  research,  digital  contents,  system  design,  and  communication  &  outreach.   Students   experienced   a   ‘trial   by   fire’   mode   of   learning,   while   being   mentored   by   members   of   our   partner   communities   through   recurrent   videoconferencing   and   online   discussions   (odbs.knet.ca).   These   mentors   also   facilitated  community  engagement  at  various  stages  of  the  class.     By  participating  in  a  real  world  project,  the  students  discovered  for  themselves  the  need  for  collaborative  and   participatory  research.  They  left  a  rich  legacy  consisting  of  surveys,  collection  development  policy,  wireframe   system  design,  promotional  materials  and  final  team  reports.  These  artifacts  represent  not  only  the  groundwork   for  the  future  of  the  ODBS  project,  but  also  the  surprising  outcomes  that  a  community-­‐based  project  can  offer   the  various  stakeholders  of  such  a  course.    
  • 18.   17       DU,  JIA  TINA   Faculty  of  Science  and  Technology,  Queensland  University  of  Technology   Modeling  Web  Searching  Process     This  paper  outlines  dissertation  research  to  develop  a  sound  Web  search  model  which  can  detail  user’s  cognitive   processes  during  Web  searching.  Web  search  models  are  a  significant  and  important  area  of  Web  research.  Web   search  is  a  complex  behavior  involving  users’  cognitive  efforts.  To  more  deeply  understand  the  dynamic  and   interactive  behaviors  involved  in  the  Web  search,  we  need  to  examine  in  more  detail  important  aspects  of  users’   Web   search   behavior,   such   as   multitasking,   cognitive   coordination   and   cognitive   shifting.   Web   searching   includes   multitasking   processes   and   the   allocation   of   cognitive   resources   among   several   tasks,   and   shifts   in   cognitive,  problem  and  knowledge  states  at  different  levels.  Cognitive  shifting  is  also  an  important  research  area   for  understanding  users’  cognitive  processes  associated  with  Web  searching.  In  addition,  cognitive  coordination   mechanisms   allow   humans   to   manage   dependences   among   information   tasks   and   the   resources   available.   However,   few   studies   have   modeling   the   nature   of   and   relationship   between   multitasking,   cognitive   coordination  and  cognitive  shifts  during  Web  searching.     According  to  the  pioneering  information  scientists’  statement,  the  key  to  the  future  of  information  systems  and   searching  processes  lay  not  in  increased  sophistication  of  technology,  but  in  increased  understanding  of  human   involvement   with   information.   Modeling   how   users   conduct   Web   search   interactions   from   cognitive   perspectives  has  important  implications  for  the  design  of  Web  search  engines.  The  study  aims  to  model  the   relationship   between   multitasking,   cognitive   coordination   and   cognitive   shifts   during   Web   search.   Research   questions  to  be  addressed  in  this  study  are:  (1)  how  do  users  conduct  Web  searching  on  multiple  information   problems?  (2)  What  are  the  different  levels  of  cognitive  coordination  during  Web  searching?  (3)  What  are  the   types   of   cognitive   shifts   occurring   during   specific   information   problems   searching?   A   preliminary   model   was   developed  based  on  the  pilot  study  results  depicting  the  relationship  that  cognitive  coordination  is  the  hinge   linking  multitasking  episode  and  cognitive  shifts  that  move  users’  through  their  Web  search  interactions.    
  • 19.   18       FOSTER,  JONATHAN1 ,  WU,  MEI-­‐MEI2  &  LIN,  ANGELA1     1   Department  of  Information  Studies,  University  of  Sheffield,  UK     2   Graduate  Institute  of  Library  &  Information  Studies,  National  Taiwan  Normal  University,  Taiwan   Collaborative  Information  Seeking  and  Sharing  in  Educational  Settings:  Identifying  the  Challenges     Collaborative  information  seeking  and  sharing  has  rapidly  become  an  established  area  of  study  in  recent  years   with  research  having  now  been  completed  in  a  range  of  domains  and  contexts  (e.g.  Foster,  in  press).  One  of  the   contexts   in   which   studies   have   been   conducted   are   educational   settings.   In   such   settings   students   are   often   presented   with   a   learning   activity   designed   to   motivate   them   to   seek,   evaluate,   and   use   information   on   a   collaborative   basis.   Designing   and   facilitating   learning   activities   that   encourage   collaborative   information   behaviour  transforms  the  relationship  between  students  and  information  by  introducing  the  role  of  the  student   peer  as  an  important  influence  on  the  identification  and  negotiation  of  information  needs,  the  development  of   search  strategies,  and  the  sharing,  evaluation,  and  use  of  the  information  once  retrieved.  In  doing  so  a  set  of   new   factors   enter   into   the   student-­‐information   relationship   that   include   the   deployment   of   social   and   interpersonal  skills,  discussion  skills,  and  the  use  of  technology  that  enables  students  to  search,  share,  evaluate,   and  present  information  together.     Our  approach  to  understanding  collaborative  information  behavior  in  educational  settings  has  been  to  observe   students’   participation   in   group   learning   activities   that   motivate   students   to   seek   and   use   information   on   a   collaborative  basis.  In  doing  so  we  have  sought  to  understand  the  conditions  that  enable  and  constrain  students’   participation  in  these  activities  and  the  information  tasks  that  are  embedded  within  them.  Enabling  conditions   that  we  have  identified  to  date  include  the  ability  to  identify  different  information  sources;  formulation  of  a   group  focus;  the  deployment  of  discussion  skills  including  the  use  of  collaborative  forms  of  talk;  an  emphasis  on   information   seeking   as   meaning-­‐making   rather   than   the   retrieval   and   use   of   information   per   se;   and   the   utilization  of  technology  that  aids  in  the  organisation,  analysis,  and  presentation  of  information  (Foster,  2009;   Wu  and  Foster,  2009).  Constraining  conditions  and  barriers  include:  the  impact  of  students’  levels  of  domain   knowledge  on  topic  identification;  division  of  labour  and  role  assignment  within  the  group;  the  varying  abilities   of  different  groups  to  search,  share,  organize  and  integrate  information;  students’  levels  of  communication  and   social  skills;  and  group’s  dependence  on/independence  from  the  tutor.     Educational  tools  that  aid  students  in  the  collaborative  search  and  discussion  of  the  information  that  is  being   sought,   shared,   and   presented,   need   to   be   developed,   implemented,   and   evaluated.   The   facilitation   of   collaborative  learning  activities  and  information  also  impacts  on  tutors  and  their  own  professional  development   needs  should  also  be  addressed.     From  a  pedagogical  standpoint  there  are  many  educational  benefits  to  be  derived  from  motivating  students  to   engage  in  collaborative  information  behavior.  These  include  developing  their  cooperative  planning  and  search   skills;  and  their  communication,  information  management,  and  social  skills.  The  dissemination  of  these  benefits   can  act  as  a  bridge  to  other  information  research  communities  to  the  involvement  of  other  information  research   communities  in  collaborative  information  behavior  research.   References     Foster,  J.,  (Ed.)  (in  press).  Collaborative  information  behavior:  User  engagement  and  communication  sharing.   Hershey,  PA:  IGI  Global.     Foster,  J.  (2009).  Understanding  interaction  in  information  seeking  and  use  as  a  discourse.  Journal  of   Documentation,  65(1),  83-­‐105.    
  • 20.   19     Wu,  M-­‐M.  &  Foster,  J.  (2009,  October).  Collaborative  information  seeking  strategies  for  group  investigation.   Paper  presented  at  the  Social  Change  and  Library  Services  Conference,  Taichung,  Taiwan:  National  Chung  Hsing   University,  Graduate  Institute  of  Library  and  Information  Science.     FULTON,  CRYSTAL     University  College  Dublin     Collaboration   is   now   a   high   priority   for   researchers   across   a   range   of   disciplines,   with   collaborative   efforts   occurring   within   and   between   groups.   The   symposium   offers   an   important   opportunity   to   address   both   our   potential  and  ongoing  collaboration  as  researchers,  as  well  as  insights  we  have/continue  to  gain  from  observing   collaboration  between  individuals/groups  in  the  field.     As  researchers  of  Information  Behaviour,  we  are  well  positioned  to  take  part  in  new  and  ongoing  collaboration,   not  least  because  of  our  interdisciplinary  tradition  in  LIS,  as  well  as  the  encompassing  nature  of  Information   Behaviour  which  extends  to  a  vast  array  of  topics  and  contexts.  How  we  collaborate  and  manage  collaboration   would  seem  to  be  two  of  the  key  challenges  for  creating  sustained  partnerships.     For   instance,   what   particular   means   of   collaboration   will   help   highlight   our   research   and   its   potential   contribution  to  research  with  other  individuals  and  groups?     How   can   and   should   we   lead   collaborative   research?   A   combination   of   our   seemingly   endless   LIS   identity   struggle  and  the  ongoing  lack  of  external  awareness  of  our  area  and  work  mean  that  it  can  be  all  too  easy  to  be   invisible  or  cast  in  a  supporting  role  –  when  we  have  the  potential  to  do  much  more.     What   lessons   are   there   to   be   learned   from   the   individuals/groups   we   study?   One   of   my   current   research   interests  involves  exploring  how  older  adults  explore  information  together.  While  older  adults  are  often  tagged   as   isolated,   lagging   behind   in   trends   in   technology,   etc.,   some   older   adults   adopt   particular   collaborative   approaches   to   tackling   information   problems.   How   can   the   groups   we   study   inform   our   understanding   of   collaboration  and  own  collaborative  practices?      
  • 21.   20       GENUIS,  SHELAGH  K.     Interdisciplinary  PhD  Candidate,  School  of  Library  and  Information  Studies,  and  the  Faculty  of  Nursing     University  of  Alberta,  Canada     As  a  new  researcher  in  the  area  of  Information  Needs,  Seeking  &  Use,  my  doctoral  research  focuses  on  the  day-­‐ to-­‐day   experiences   of   individuals   as   they   interact   with   and   integrate   health   information   in   situations   where   health  evidence  is  uncertain  and  evolving.  Much  has  been  written  about  evidence-­‐based  practice  (EBP)  within   health   fields,   and   the   challenges   encountered   when   striving   to   translate   medical   knowledge   into   practice;   however,  little  attention  is  paid  to  (1)  the  provisional,  emergent  and  incomplete  nature  of  medical  evidence   (Upshur   2001),   and   (2)   knowledge   translation   (KT)   as   an   personal,   on-­‐going   process   of   social   construction   (Gherardi  2006).  The  dilemma  presented  by  emergent  or  evolving  health  information  is  magnified  for  consumers   making   health   decisions   within   the   context   of   everyday   life.   Within   this   context   individuals   are   frequently   translating,  assimilating  and  responding  to  health  information  mediated  by  a  wide  range  of  formal  and  informal   sources  including  health  professionals,  the  media,  internet  sources,  advertising,  and  personal  contacts.  While   some   of   these   information   sources   focus   on   static   information   provision   and   many   involve   one-­‐on-­‐one   interaction,  social  and  collaborative  environments  (e.g.  online  discussion  groups  and  blogs,  as  well  as  face-­‐to-­‐ face  group  environments)  draw  attention  to  (1)  information  encounters  as  reality-­‐constructing,  meaning-­‐making   experiences  and  (2)  health  information  as  something  that  is  “moved  and  shaped  in  unique  ways”  within  the   context  of  the  individual’s  relationships  with  other  people  as  well  as  their  time  and  space  (Dervin  1983,  169).     While  research  related  to  EBP  and  KT  continues  to  emphasize  the  uptake  of  knowable  reality,  research  related   to  Information  Behavior  and  social/collaborative  environments  has  potential  to  make  valuable  theoretical  and   practical  contributions  to  health  fields  by  bringing  focus  to  the  social  nature  of  KT.  This,  in  turn,  draws  attention   beyond   evidence   as   implementable   ‘fact’   to   a   constructionist   view   of   KT   as   an   active   process   in   which   new   understanding   is   constructed   from   encountered   information,   existing   knowledge   structures,   personal   experience,  and  socio-­‐cultural  environments  (Talja,  Tuominen,  and  Savolainen  2005).  Research  focusing  on  KT  as   a  socially  constructed  process  will  not  only  illuminate  the  transformative  relationship  between  information  and   people,   it   will   inform   development   of   effective   products   and   services   which   will   facilitate   effective   health   information  behaviour.     References     Dervin,  B.  1983.  Information  as  a  user  construct:  The  relevance  of  perceived  information  needs  to  synthesis  and   interpretation.  In  Knowledge  Structure  and  Use:  Implications  for  Synthesis  and  Interpretation,  eds.  Spencer  A.   Ward,  and  Linda  J.  Reed,  153-­‐83.  Philadelphia:  Temple  University  Press.     Gherardi,  S.  2006.  From  organizational  learning  to  knowing  in  practice.  In  Organizational  knowledge:  The  texture   of  workplace  learning,  ed.  S.  Gherardi,  1-­‐44.  Malden,  MA:  Blackwell.     Talja,  S.,  K.  Tuominen,  and  R.  Savolainen.  2005.  "Isms"  in  information  science:  Constructivism,  collectivism  and   constructionism.  Journal  of  Documentation  61  (1):  79-­‐101.     Upshur,  R.  E.  2001.  The  status  of  qualitative  research  as  evidence.  In  The  Nature  of  Qualitative  Evidence,  eds.  J.   M.  Morse,  J.  M.  Swanson,  and  A.  J.  Kuzel,  5-­‐26.  Thousand  Oaks:  Sage.    
  • 22.   21       GOGGINS,  SEAN1  &  ERDELEZ,  SANDA2     1   Drexel  University,  2  University  of  Missouri   Collaborative  Information  Behavior  in  Online  Groups     We  are  in  an  age  where  social  information,  reference  information  and  situational  information  are  presented   electronically,  quickly,  and  across  contexts.  People  adapt  to  these  changing  information  horizons  (Sonnenwald,&   Wildemuth,  2001)  primarily  as  individuals.  Online  social  network  sites  like  Facebook  and  Myspace  demonstrate   the  potential  for  incorporating  external,  social  feedback  within  the  boundaries  of  an  individual’s  information   horizon.  The  goal  of  our  research  is  to  build  theory  to  explain  how  electronically  mediated  communities’  and   groups’  share,  develop  and  build  information  collaboratively.     Completely  online  graduate  student  courses  provide  an  especially  compelling  test  bed  for  understanding  the   transformative  relationships  that  are  possible  between  people  and  information.  These  groups  are  distinct  from   more  extensively  researched  online  groups  and  communities  –  Facebook  Groups,  Wikipedia  groups  and  teams  in   the  free  and  open  source  software  movement  (FOSS)  –  in  three  significant  ways.  First,  their  members  have  a   common  organizational  affiliation,  similar  to  work  groups  or  student  groups  in  face-­‐to-­‐face  settings.  Second,  also   like  members  of  face-­‐to-­‐face  groups,  an  organizational  leader  or  instructor  often  assigns  group  members  to  their   groups.  Finally,  like  many  but  not  all  FOSS  and  Wikipedia  groups,  the  groups  we  study  do  not  meet  face-­‐to-­‐face.     We   learned   that   collaborative   information   behavior   in   technology   mediated   groups   is   challenging   because   members  share  some  information  resources  in  common,  such  as  those  contained  within  the  collaborative  tools   they  use,  but  also  rely  on  information  resources  unique  to  each  individual’s  physical  location  and  internet  use   habits.   Sonnenwald   (1999)   first   identified   these   different   arrays   of   available   information   resources   as   Information  Horizons,  suggesting  that  information  resources  are  used  to  a  greater  and  lesser  extent  depending   how   near   on   ones   horizon   they   are.   How   the   Information   Horizons   of   the   online   group   members   we   study   influence  collaborative  information  behavior  within  these  groups  is  illustrative  of  phenomena  emerging  from  the   use  of  technology  to  establish  and  maintain  online  groups.  Collaboration  around  information  in  these  groups  is   influenced  by  the  specific  information  in  the  group’s  field  of  view,  and  member  information  horizons  similarly   influence  the  group’s  collaborative  information  practices.     The  goal  of  our  participation  is  to  share  what  we  have  learned  so  far  with  the  SIGUSE  community.    
  • 23.   22       HOCKEMA,  STEPHEN     University  of  Toronto     Thanks  to  the  rise  of  digital  “social  media”,  collaborative  information  behavior  is  no  longer  (if  it  ever  was)  a   subset   of   information   behavior   in   general.   For   example,   the   Web   is   transforming   from   its   origins   as   a   place   primarily  to  find  and  access  documents  to  a  place  to  also  interact  with  other  people.  Technologies  that  support   participation  in  online  culture  also  simultaneously  support  and  transform  information  access  by,  among  other   things,  supporting  a  social  process  of  credibility  assessment  for  information  necessary  to  effectively  find,  filter   and  assess  it.  Indeed,  better  understanding  of  these  processes  has  the  potential  to  transform  our  understanding   of  Information  itself,  with  new  forms  of  non-­‐traditional  (e.g.,  non-­‐document-­‐based)  information  being  socially   co-­‐constructed  along  with  group  identities.     For  example,  when  a  team  coordinates  a  strategy  in  the  massively-­‐multiplayer  online  game  World  of  Warcraft   (as  happens  many  thousands  of  times  a  day,  in  just  one  of  many  related  digital  social  media  contexts),  complex   information  behaviors  take  place  in  real-­‐time  in  which  information  is  shared  and  filtered,  credibility/authority  is   established,   objectives   are   negotiated,   and   information   needs   are   constructed   and   assigned   to   support   the   collective   action,   while   simultaneously,   more   traditional   information   exchanges   (more   grounded   in   the   “real   world”)   are   also   occurring.   Such   environments   are   as   yet   under-­‐studied   in   the   context   of   CIB,   yet   have   the   potential  to  inform  and  refine  theories  that  pertain  to  “more  traditional  information  settings”.     While  I  expect  that  many  of  the  fundamental  questions  for  understanding  collaborative  information  behavior   will  overlap  with  similar  questions  for  information  behavior  in  general,  the  questions  that  particularly  interest   me  include:     • How   do   group   identity   (and   individual   roles   within   groups)   dynamically   co-­‐evolve   with   the   information-­‐ seeking  goals  and  behaviors  of  the  group?     • How  do  credibility  and  authority  emerge  within  collaborative  teams  and  how  is  this  mediated  by  the  ICTs   they  use?     • How   are   processes   related   to   the   coordination   of   teams   intertwined   with   their   collective   information   behaviors?  For  example,  ...     • How   does   the   process   of   recording,   compiling   and   categorizing   group   work   and   decisions   throughout   a   collaborative  effort  affect  the  group's  collective  information  goals?     • How   does   (real-­‐time   or   delayed,   mediated   or   direct)   communication   among   group   members   about   the   information  they’ve  found  individually  affect  the  process,  both  in  terms  of  dynamic  filtering  and  the  group’s   evolving  information  goals?     While   the   World   of   Warcraft   example   above   was   meant   to   illustrate   potentially   “new”   types   of   emergent   information,  there  are  also  myriads  of  more  mundane  ways  that  we  marshal  information  to  work  together  to   solve  problems  and  make  decisions  every  day.  (“What/Where  should  we  eat  for  dinner?”  “Would  you  take  the   401  or  the  Gardiner  to  get  there?”  “What’s  our  policy  on  expense  reports  related  to  alcohol  at  meals?”,  etc.)   Information  practices  must  be  understood  as  embedded  within  these  social/cultural  contexts,  be  they  familial,   organizational,  educational,  etc.  Our  research  cannot  be  independent  of  research  coming  from  sociology  and  the   cognitive   sciences   on   group   decision-­‐making   and   problem   solving.   Management   schools   already   teach   these   topics;  we  need  to  make  it  obvious  how  our  research  integrates  into  this  discourse.     Designers  understand  that  the  tools  they  create,  even  tools  they  envision  as  being  for  single  users,  are  going  to   be  embedded  in  these  social  contexts  and  often  used  collaboratively  by  groups  (for  example,  an  iPhone  app  for   finding  a  restaurant  being  used  in  a  car  full  of  people).  To  have  an  impact  on  their  practice,  we  need  to  make  the   connections  of  our  work  to  these  common  environments  and  scenarios  explicit  and  clear.     Note:  Full  abstract  online  at  SIG  USE  wiki  
  • 24.   23       HUVILA,  ISTO     Uppsala  University     Generally  speaking,  the  USE  research  may  be  argued  to  follow  very  tightly  the  changing  relationship  between   people  and  information.  Empirical  research  on  actual  user  behaviour  brings  us  close  to  the  transformations  that   are  happening  at  the  very  moment  when  they  are  happening.  I  have  found  numerous  instances  of  evidence  on   that   on   my   research   on   the   information   workaof   various   groups   of   users   including   archaeologists,   corporate   finance  and  cultural  heritage  professionals.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  possible  that  the  more  abstract  level  of  USE   research  that  focuses  on  higher  level  models  may  actually  miss  many  of  the  changes  because  of  the  level  of   investigation.     A   still   actual   very   fundamental   question   is   the   theoretical   and   practical   applicability   of   our   results.   How   the   evolving  information  practices  and  systems  reflect  the  increased  understanding  of  information  behaviour  and   how   different   individual   studies   contribute   to   a   better   general   understanding   of   the   studied   phenomena.   Another   equally   fundamental   question   is   that   what   do   we   exactly   mean   with   collaboration   and   what   collaboration  means  at  the  present  and  in  the  future.     An  approach  to  a  greater  impact  of  USE  research  is  to  bridge  the  gap  between  USE  research  and  practice  is  to   translate  out  findings  to  the  language  and  to  the  frameworks  of  organisations  and  designers.  Designers  need  to   know   the   implications   expressed   in   language   of   design   and   in   a   form   that   matches   with   the   instruments   designers  have  in  their  disposal.  A  collaborative  information  system  can  be  used  to  remedy  several  types  of   issues  in  information  interactions,  but  not  all  of  them.  Similarly  management,  organisation,  mentoring  and  other   interventions   are   keys   to   some   types   of   change.   Research   does   not   have   merely   practical   implications,   but   implications  on  many  different  types  of  practices  at  the  same  time  and  that  the  implications  are  not  isolated,  but   need  to  be  concerted.  In  my  own  research  on  cultural  heritage  professionals  I  have  sensed  very  strongly  that  not   only   different   issues   need   to   be   addressed   same   time,   but   it   can   be   very   sensitive   how   and   in   what   order   individual   issues   are   discussed.   The   communicative   problem   between   different   information   research   communities  is  a  complex  issue,  but  one  possible  quite  effective  remedy  could  be  an  increased  inter-­‐branch   research  interest  and  active  seeking  of  implications  of  e.g.  USE  research  to  e.g.  IR,  KO,  DL  or  IA.    
  • 25.   24       JULIEN,  HEIDI     School  of  Library  &  Information  Studies,  University  of  Alberta     One  of  the  fundamental  directions  towards  which  our  research  on  collaborative  information  behavior  should  be   moving  is  increased  focus  on  the  social  construction  of  information  behavior.  It  is  increasingly  recognized  that   information   behavior   is   not   only   an   individual   concern   (we   have   decades   of   research   focusing   on   cognitive,   behavioral,  and  increasingly  affective  variables  in  individuals),  but  it  is  also  a  matter  of  social  construction.  That   is,   the   ways   in   which   people   think   about,   access,   evaluate,   use,   etc.   information   are   profoundly   influenced,   shaped,  and  directed  by  their  social  interactions.  To  quote  from  the  most  recent  ASIST  review  of  information   behaviour  (2009,  335),  “McKenzie  (2006)  argued  that  “information  practices,”  specifically  the  use  of  texts,  can   be  contextualized  within  larger  social  practices  to  understand  how  these  texts  mediate  social  relations  within   local   contexts….   Talja   and   Hansen   (2006)   addressed   “collaborative   information   behavior”   as   an   important   component  of  social  information  practices,  especially  information  sharing.”  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  some   recent  research  in  the  area  is  focusing  on  information  behaviour  as  a  social  construct.  This  is  a  potentially  fruitful   direction   for   the   field.   Fundamental   questions   arising   from   increasing   concern   for   the   social   construction   of   information   behavior   would   include:   What   are   the   social   practices   which   mediate   information   behavior   in   different   situations/workplaces/contexts?   What   are   the   variables   of   interest   in   social   practices,   and   how   do   these  influence  outcomes  evident  in  collaborative  information  behavior?     References     Fisher,  K.  &  Julien,  H.  (2009).  Information  behavior.  In  B.  Cronin  (Ed.),  Annual  review  of  information  science  &   technology,  vol.  43  (pp.  317-­‐58).  Medford,  NJ:  Information  Today.     McKenzie,  P.  J.  (2006).  Mapping  textually  mediated  information  practice  in  clinical  midwifery  care.  In  A.  Spink,  &   C.  Cole  (Eds.),  New  directions  in  human  information  behavior  (pp.  73-­‐92).  Dordrecht,  The  Netherlands:  Springer.     Talja,   S.   &   Hansen,   P.   (2006).   Information   sharing.   In   A.   Spink,   &   C.   Cole   (Eds.),   New   directions   in   human   information  behavior  (pp.  113-­‐134).  Dordrecht,  The  Netherlands:  Springer.  
  • 26.   25       LAM,  MARGARET     University  of  Toronto     Alternative  Perspective  on  ISU:  The  Pluralistic  Nature  of  Musical  Knowledge     As  a  new  comer  into  the  field  as  a  master’s  student  who  draws  from  a  background  in  music,  my  own  research   interest  is  in  exploring  the  issues  around  the  sharing  of  musical  knowledge.  The  pervasive  presence  of  music   makes  it  one  of  the  few  ways  through  which  people  from  different  cultures  make  connections  with  each  other.   Once  you  find  a  common  music  interest  or  passion  with  someone  —  especially  if  it  is  a  rather  unusual  one  —  it   can  turn  into  hours  of  mutual  sharing  and  appreciation.  Much  research  has  been  done  in  the  field  of  information   seeking  behaviour,  information  retrieval,  information  architecture  and  system  design  to  facilitate  the  sharing  of   musical   content.   With   all   the   advances   in   the   field,   there   remains   an   emerging   research   area,   namely,   how   musical  knowledge  is  being  renegotiated  in  the  information  age.     The  difference  of  scope  lies  in  the  distinction  between  information,  and  knowledge.  A  tension  exists  in  the  idea   that   music   is   somehow   ‘universal’,   yet   culturally   unique.   How   are   individuals   negotiating   this   tension   in   the   context   of   ICTs?   New   user   groups   are   emerging   such   as   the   ‘amateur   teacher’   on   YouTube,   and   online   knowledge   repositories   with   specialized   musical   knowledge   and   databases.   Such   examples   and   many   others   manifest  at  various  levels  of  sophistication  and  effectiveness.     The  motivation  to  share  one’s  passion  for  music  by  every  means  possible  is  altruistic  in  nature.  It  is  the  same   drive  that  led  to  some  of  the  earliest  examples  of  how  ICTs  can  transform  our  social  fabric,  as  demonstrated  by   Napster,  and  more  recent  counterparts  like  last.fm.  Research  into  the  information  seeking  behaviour  of  music-­‐ minded  individuals  from  diverse  cultural  backgrounds  and  musical  traditions  can  bring  a  unique  and  unexpected   perspective  on  the  future  of  the  information  landscape.      
  • 27.   26       LIMBERG,  LOUISE     Swedish  School  of  Library  and  Information  Science,  University  of  Borås     The  transformative  relationship  between  people  and  information  may  take  its  point  of  departure  in  Michael   Buckland’s   influential   definition   of   information   as   “the   process   of   becoming   informed”.   Becoming   informed   implies   a   change,   i.e.   transformation,   in   a   person.   In   his   definition   of   the   concept   of   information   Buckland   distinguishes  between  information  as  process  and  information  as  thing.  Such  a  distinction  is  a  dualistic  way  of   understanding  the  relationship  between  people  and  information.     A   sociocultural   perspective   offers   a   different,   non-­‐dualistic   view   of   the   relationship   between   people   and   information,  claiming  that  information  is  constituted  through  the  interaction  between  people  and  tools,  thus   describing   a   mutual   relationship   between   the   two.   Tools   are   physical   (e.g.   Google   or   print   sources)   and   intellectual  (language)  and  are  seen  as  mediating  different  world  views.  In  my  view,  a  sociocultural  perspective   of  information  seeking  is  particularly  appropriate  to  capture  the  transformative  relationship  between  people   and  information,  since  the  theoretical  focus  is  set  on  the  interaction  between  people  and  tools.     A   sociocultural   perspective   further   emphasizes   that   various   human   activities   can   only   be   understood   as   embedded  in  the  cultural  practices  in  which  they  are  being  carried  out.  Individuals  are  always  related  to  various   forms   of   collective   activities   and   it   is   through   communication   that   individuals   become   members   of   different   communities  of  practice.  This  means  that  information  seeking  should  be  studied  and  understood  as  embedded   in  the  cultural  practice  of  which  it  is  a  part.  The  focus  on  interaction  and  communication  embedded  in  cultural   practices   will   provide   theoretical   and   analytical   means   for   studying   collaborative   information   practices.   I   am   convinced  that  studies  with  such  approaches  may  lead  to  findings  that  have  impact  outside  the  area  of  LIS  user   studies.  My  own  experience  mainly  concerns  the  interaction  between  information  practices  and  learning  and   has  resulted  in  fruitful  collaboration  with  learning  researchers1  as  well  as  professionals  in  educational  contexts   such  as  school  and  higher  education.     In   our   contemporary   digital   media   landscapes   conditions   for   information   use,   learning,   decision-­‐making   and   collaboration  are  fundamentally  transformed.  Central  research  questions  should  address  the  consequences  on   various  societal  levels  of:     • a  shift  of  control  from  information  and  knowledge  workers  and  institutions  to  users  (students,   employees,  citizens)     • a  shift  in  the  relationship  between  users  and  producers  of  information     • the  question  of  how  to  assess  the  authority  and  credibility  of  information  in  social  media     • implications  for  supervision,  control  and  personal  integrity  on  the  internet.    
  • 28.   27       LUEG,  CHRISTOPHER     School  of  Computing  &  Information  Systems,  University  of  Tasmania,  Australia   Extended  abstract:  Collaborative  Information  Behavior  in  Online  Communities     Information  and  communication  technologies  (ICTs)  including  computer  networks  have  revolutionized  the  way   data  is  collected,  stored,  distributed  and  accessed,  and  have  enabled  the  "network  society.  Prior  to  the  advent   of  ICTs,  definitions  of  community  focused  on  close-­‐knit  groups  in  a  single  local.  Easy  access  to  ICT  enabled  online   communities  which  are  typically  formed  by  geographically  dispersed  members  (virtual  communities  that  have   existed  well  before  the  rise  of  computer  networks).     Defining  what  exactly  constitutes  an  online  community  continues  to  be  subject  to  intense  discussion.  One  of  the   reasons  is  that  there  are  multiple  dimensions  that  can  be  used  to  characterize  online  communities.  Technically   minded  researchers  tend  to  focus  on  the  technology  utilized  to  enable  online  communities  a  (distinguishing)   criterion  whereas  more  socially  oriented  researchers  tend  to  be  interested  in  the  social  cohesion  demonstrated   by  online  communities  or  specific  characteristics  of  online  discussions  (eg  Marc  Smith  who  was  invited  speaker   at  the  2007  SIGUSE  forum).     From  an  'information'  point  of  view  it  is  of  particular  interest  that  online  communities  are  increasingly  popular   (and   intrinsically   powerful)   information   resources   that   are   used   for   purposes   including,   for   not   limited   to,   evaluating  items  to  be  purchased  (consumer  communities  such  as  Choice  in  Australia)  and  planning  a  trip  (travel   communities   such   as   Lonely   Planet's).   Often,   online   communities   are   conceptualized   (and   treated)   as   information   repositories   that   are   functionally   equivalent   to   information   systems.   Often   they   are   accessed   in   ways  similar  to  accessing  data  bases.  Utilizing  the  informational  capacity  of  online  communities  is  not  limited  to   'google-­‐ing'  repositories  they  created  though.  Exploring  the  informational  capacity  of  online  communities,  ie  the   capacity  to  satisfy  an  information  seeker's  information  needs,  we  found  that  the  benefit  of  querying  topically   related  online  communities  as  part  of  an  information  seeking  process  may  go  well  beyond  the  provision  of  up-­‐ to-­‐date   or   "complete"   information   by   community   members.   The   main   benefit   of   approaching   an   online   community  for  information  may  be  the  interactive  process  that  is  triggered  by  enquieries  and  that  helps  the   information  seeker  clarify  his  or  her  information  needs.     For  this  workshop  it  is  of  particular  interest  that  the  interactive  process  that  is  triggered  by  enquieries  often   constitutes   collaborative   information   behavior   in   the   sense   that   online   community   members   observe   what   others  have  contributed  to  addressing  an  inquiry  and  may  take  this  into  consideration  when  contributing  further   information.   In   this   sense   the   situation   in   online   communities   resembles,   to   some   extent,   the   collaborative   information  setting  in  'real'  libraries  documented  by  Twidale  et  al  (1997).     I  am  particularly  interested  in  this  SIGUSE  workshop  because  of  my  long-­‐standing  interest  in  representations   that  can  be  provided  for  aiding  distributed,  interactive  information  sharing  processes.  The  focus  on  interactivity   and   turn-­‐taking   promoted   in   this   paper   suggests   to   explore   what   kind   of   graphical   and/or   textual   representations   are   particularly   well-­‐suited   for   supporting,   initiating   and   sustaining   mediated   interaction   in   online   communities.   This   shift   in   perspective   also   means   the   focus   of   research   is   not   so   much   on   how   conversations  could  be  "marked  up"  for  efficient  retrieval  in  the  information  systems  sense.     Note:   References   available   online   at   SIG   USE   wiki.
  • 29.   28       MIWA,  MAKIKO     The  Open  University  of  Japan/The  Graduate  University  of  Advanced  Studies     Barriers  to  Knowledge  Sharing  in  Science     The  inability  to  share  research  findings  among  researchers  engaged  in  an  interdisciplinary  research  project  may   lead  to  a  collapse  of  the  project.  The  failure  in  disseminating  critical  research  findings  in  a  society  may  results  in   rejection  of  obtaining  tax  money  to  future  research  funding.  With  this  serious  consequence  of  failures  in  sharing   scientific  knowledge  in  mind,  we  have  been  conducting  a  case  study  in  order  to  identify  the  mechanisms  of   yielding  such  failures  within  a  framework  of  the  “science  communication”  project.     Through  semi-­‐structured  interviews  using  a  modified  critical  incident  technique,  we  obtained  75  incidents  of   failures  in  sharing  scientific  knowledge  from  eleven  researchers  representing  a  variety  of  research  areas.  Eight   categories   of   opponents   for   these   failures   were   identified:   researchers,   students,   technicians,   industrialists,   media   reporters,   public   administrators,   school   teachers,   and   citizens.   The   case   level   content   analysis   of   interviews  revealed  possible  sources  of  failures  in  sharing  scientific  knowledge  for  each  category  of  opponents.   Through  discussion  among  the  project  members,  we  categorized  these  sources  into  solvable  problems  through   researchers’  training  and  those  difficult  to  solve  if  not  solvable.     The  solvable  problems  are:     • Researcher’s  narrow  field  of  vision     • Lack  of  sympathies  on  opponent’s  standpoint     • Difference  in  the  level  of  scientific  knowledge  between  researchers  and  opponents     • Poor  presentation  skills  of  researchers     • Researchers’  use  of  technical  terms  and  jargons     • Difference  in  the  value  of  book  reviews  between  media  reporters  and  researchers     • Different  level  of  safety  standards  between  science  and  engineering     • Limitation  in  information  disseminating  channels  for  citizens     Difficult  to  solve  problems  are:     • Differences  in  the  style  of  and  requirements  for  journal  articles  among  disciplines     • Difference  in  the  meaning  of  attending  classes  between  natural  sciences  and  social  sciences/humanities     • Simplistic  thinking  of  non-­‐researchers     • Leadership  struggles  between  researchers  and  school  teachers     • Vertical  division  of  administrative  organizations     • Rotation  of  personnel  in  administrative  organizations     • Underestimation  of  uncertainty  in  science  held  by  public  administrators     We   used   these   results   in   designing   a   new   curriculum   for   training   graduate   students   into   competent   science   communicators  at  the  Graduate  University  for  Advanced  Studies.  We  continue  collecting  cases  from  different   populations  such  as  students,  media  reporters,  and  school  teachers.      
  • 30.   29       MARKWEI,  EVELYN     PhD  Candidate,  School  of  Library  Archival  and  Information  Studies,  University  of  British  Columbia     My   research   interest   is   youth   information   seeking   behavior   and   I   am   presently   working   on   the   information   seeking   behavior   of   homeless   youth   in   an   urban   city   (Accra,   Ghana).   Homeless   youths   can   change   their   circumstances  and  succeed  as  adults  with  the  right  kind  of  information.  Governments  and  stakeholders  have   often  prescribed  information  for  them.  The  relevance  of  such  prescribed  information  to  the  youths  is  however   uncertain.  This  study  will  use  in-­‐depth  interviews  and  the  critical  incident  technique  to  investigate  the  everyday   information  needs  of  the  target  group,  how  they  seek  information  to  meet  those  needs,  their  preferred  sources   of  information  and  problems  they  encounter  in  seeking  information.  Findings  from  the  study  should  lead  to  clear   recommendations   to   libraries   and   stakeholders,   for   more   effective   and   focused   information   service   to   the   youths.     The  theme  of  the  symposium  may  be  expanded  to  include  cross-­‐cultural  collaboration,  to  encourage  researchers   from   two,   or   more   countries   to   work   on   cross-­‐cultural   topics.   That   approach   will   have   several   benefits.   For   example,   literature   on   information   seeking   research   reveals   gaps   in   the   body   of   knowledge   on   information   seeking  of  several  populations  and  groups  from  several  regions  of  the  world.  Cross-­‐cultural  collaboration  will   facilitate  the  closing  of  these  gaps.  Secondly,  findings  from  such  studies  will  inform  designers  of  information   systems  for  the  regions  studied.  Such  knowledge  may  forestall  the  continued  loss  of  millions  of  dollars  through   deployment  of  inappropriate  information  systems  in  developing  countries.  Cross-­‐cultural  collaboration  will  lead   to  diversity  in  research,  exchange  of  skills  and  ideas,  and  increased  research  and  publications  also.      
  • 31.   30       MEYERS,  ERIC   The  School  of  Library,  Archival,  and  Information  Studies,  University  of  British  Columbia     The  Complex  Ecology  of  Collaborative  Information  Seeking  in  the  Middle  School  Classroom       Our   interactions   with   others   strongly   influence   how   we   work,   learn,   play,   and   understand   the   world.   Furthermore,  it  is  becoming  clear  that  the  skills  necessary  for  success  in  the  21st  Century  include  the  ability  to   communicate   effectively   and   efficiently   with   others,   to   collaborate   in   solving   ill-­‐structured   problems,   and   to   reflect  on  group  goals  and  processes  (Bereiter  &  Scardamalia,  2006;  Eisenberg,  2008).  Group  learning  is  being   integrated   into   school   curricula,   emphasizing   authentic   tasks   that   bring   students   together   in   collaborative   learning   situations   (Gillies   &   Ashman,   2003;   O’Donnell   et   al,   2006).   Models   of   information   seeking   and   information  retrieval,  however,  which  guide  the  development  of  information  systems,  services,  and  research,   have  historically  been  based  on  the  assumption  that  the  information  seeker  is  an  individual  (Karamuftouglu,   1998;   Talja   &   Hansen,   2006).   The   problems   resulting   from   this   contradiction   are   increasingly   felt   in   K-­‐12   education,   which   has   built   its   information   systems   (print   and   digital)   around   individual   student   learning   and   performance.     An   emerging   body   of   work   in   collaborative   information   seeking   and   retrieval   does   seek   to   address   this   discrepancy.  Studies  have  identified  manifestations  of  social  information  behavior  in  diverse  contexts  (Bruce  et   al,  2002;  Fidel  et  al,  2004;  Hyldegård,  2006;  Hyldegård  &  Ingwersen,  2007).  None  of  these  studies,  however,   address   how   groups-­‐-­‐compared   to   individuals-­‐-­‐seek   and   use   information,   or   solve   information-­‐intensive   problems.  Nor  have  LIS  studies  examined  the  outcomes  of  group  vs.  individual  problem  solving.  The  efficacy  of   group   work   is   often   assumed,   but   not   (as   yet)   verified.   Furthermore,   these   studies   focus   on   adult   work   and   learning  domains.  Studies  of  youth  or  student  information  seeking  in  K-­‐12  education  have  not  examined  the   products  or  processes  of  groups  and  individual  learners.     As   part   of   my   participation   in   the   2010   SIG-­‐USE   colloquium,   I   will   discuss   select   findings   from   a   recently   completed  mixed-­‐methods  study  that  explores  the  challenges  of  solving  complex  information  problems  alone   and   with   peer   learners.   120   grade   seven   students   (ages   13-­‐14)   from   four   middle   school   science   classrooms   completed   information   seeking   tasks   on   health   and   wellness   topics   in   two   order-­‐balanced   conditions:   individually,   and   in   small   groups   of   three   students.   Each   student   completed   an   individual   and   group   task,   providing  participants  with  the  opportunity  to  critically  reflect  on  their  work  under  different  conditions.  Analysis   of  the  resulting  student  learning  products  and  perception  surveys  indicate  that  group  information  seeking  may   better  support  some  types  of  inquiry  tasks  while  hampering  others.  This  work  also  suggests  key  intervention   points  for  teachers  and  school  librarians  who  wish  to  successfully  mediate  student  research.     Note:  References  available  online  at  SIG  USE  wiki.  
  • 32.   31       MOREY,  OPHELIA     Associate  Librarian,  University  at  Buffalo  Health  Sciences  Library     I  have  conducted  a  study  on  where  an  adult  minority  population  located  in  an  inner  city  sought  consumer  health   information.   The   knowledge   that   I   gained   from   that   study   has   led   me   to   consider   how   information   seeking   behavior  is  directly  related  to  low  health  literacy  and  health  disparities.  Since  most  of  the  participants  in  my   study  sought  health  information  from  a  healthcare  provider  I  am  in  the  early  stages  of  gathering  information  for   the  purpose  of  forming  collaborative  relationships  with  healthcare  providers  and/or  community  organizations  to   improve  low  health  literacy  and  the  access  to  consumer  health  information.  In  this  way  I  think  our  research  is   transformative  in  that  it  can  be  used  effectively  to  influence  people  in  diverse  environments/situations.  In  turn,   these  environments/situations  can  be  used  to  study  how  and  why  people  form  collaborations  to  find  and  share   information.     Since  collaborative  information  behavior  is  a  new  and  emerging  field  I  think  the  following  questions  should  be   addressed  in  our  research:     • What  are  the  appropriate  methods  for  studying  collaborative  information  behavior?     • What  are  the  challenges  to  conducting  collaborative  information  behavior  research?  And  how  best  can   we  address  these  challenges?     I  think  forming  long  term  collaborations  outside  of  our  usual  networks  could  lead  to  making  a  greater  impact  on   organizations   and   designers.   I   am   interested   in   working   with   non-­‐librarians   because   this   will   help   to   gain   a   broader   perspective   on   issues   involving   low   health   literacy   with   the   goal   of   designing   effective   programs   or   services  to  benefit  consumers  and  health  care  providers.     A   case   study   approach   may   be   an   effective   way   of   presenting   collaborative   information   behavior   research.   Although   case   study   research   can   be   complex   it   is   used   across   disciplines   and   can   allow   for   participant   involvement  in  the  writing  of  the  report.     Reference:     Soy,  Susan  K.  (1997).  The  case  study  as  a  research  method.  Unpublished  paper,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin.      
  • 33.   32       MUMFORD,  JANET     PhD  student,  School  of  Library,  Archival  and  Information  Studies,  The  University  of  British  Columbia     The   theme   of   the   2009   symposium   of   the   Special   Interest   Group   on   Information   Needs,   Seeking,   and   Use   “Collaborative   Information   Seeking   and   Sharing”   reflects   issues   and   ideas   that   are   highly   related   to   my   PhD   research.  In  a  multidisciplinary  fashion,  I  am  exploring  and  investigating  dilemmas  of  privacy  that  are  provoked   for  young  people,  parents,  and  librarians  when  youth  venture  into  virtual  worlds  of  the  Internet  and  interact   with   others   and   with   information.   My   co-­‐supervisors   include   a   researcher   in   developmental   psychology   and   another  in  intellectual  freedom.  My  committee  is  also  comprised  of  researchers  in  library  services  for  youth,   information  seeking  behaviour  and  information  systems.     The  collaborative  information  behaviour  theme  of  the  symposium  speaks  to  the  social  nature  of  the  interactions   that  seem  to  be  provoking  tensions  for  and  between  autonomy  seeking  youth,  their  safety  concerned  parents   and  the  teacher  and  public  librarians  who  advocate  for  their  intellectual  freedoms  such  as  privacy  and  their   information  needs  for  healthy  lifelong  development.     The   collaborative   theme   of   the   symposium   also   resonates   with   the   state   of   the   multidisciplinary   interest   in   research   in   youth,   privacy   and   the   Internet.   Researchers   and   practitioners   from   various   fields   pose   different   questions  about  the  topic  and  use  different  terminology.  We  each  offer  different  perspectives  on  the  issues.  We   are  seeking  solutions  to  work  with  specific  situations  yet  more  and  more,  we  are  interested  in  common  ones.  To   truly  grapple  with  and  understand  the  phenomena,  we  need  to  find  ways  to  research  and  report  on  this  topic   collaboratively.     The   symposium   also   explores   the   transformative   relationships   between   users   and   information.   This   is   highly   relevant  to  research  regarding  young  people  and  their  privacy  needs  in  virtual  environments.  A  common  theme   in  the  research  across  disciplines  is  the  awareness  of  how  much  youth   love  to  play.  Researchers  from  many   fields  have  long  been  curious  about  this  love  of  play  and  what  happens  when  young  people  play  in  different   physical   environments.   Today,   the   Internet   is   the   playground   that   is   provoking   inquiry   from   and   providing   a   common   ground   for   scholars   and   professionals   from   different   fields.   Researchers   are   wondering   how   interactions  in  virtual  spaces  are  transforming  young  people’s  and  adults’  conceptions  of  and  needs  for  privacy.     I  believe  that  this  symposium  will  assist  attendees  to  explore  creative  ways  to  bring  researchers  with  common   interests  together  so  we  can  better  share  our  knowledge  so  that  the  information  needs  of  the  people  about   whom  we  devote  our  work  are  best  served.      
  • 34.   33       NESSET,  VALERIE     Assistant  Professor,  Library  and  Information  Studies,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo     It   has   been   my   experience   that   research   into   information-­‐seeking   behavior,   by   revealing   how   different   user   groups/communities   search   for,   evaluate,   and   use   information   in   diverse   contexts,   can   make   a   positive   contribution   to   those   users’   quality   of   life.   My   current   and   future   research   agenda   focuses   on   marginalized   populations  such  as  younger  elementary  school-­‐aged  children,  emotionally  disturbed  young  people,  and  seniors.   These  are  user  communities  that  are  often  marginalized  by  other  segments  of  society  and  do  not  often  seem  to   be  the  focus  of  research  in  LIS.  I  think  it  imperative  that  we  study  such  groups  in  order  to  help  them  to  become   (or  remain)  active,  contributing  members  of  society.  Think  of  the  young  emergent  reader  who  is  asked  to  do  a   project  as  part  of  the  modern  classroom  teaching  approach.  No  longer  is  she  introduced  to  just  print  materials   but  she  now  has  the  enormity  of  the  Web  to  explore.  Yet,  with  the  massive  amounts  of  information  available  on   the  Web,  unless  she  has  learned  some  basic  information  literacy  skills  she  will  not  know  how  to  exploit  the  web   tools  that  will  help  her  to  search  effectively  nor  will  she  understand  how  to  evaluate  the  retrieved  results.  Our   research   into   this   area   can   help   to   inform   age-­‐appropriate   information   systems   and   pedagogy   to   help   these   young   students.   Then   there   are   those   young   people   who   suffer   lasting   emotional   trauma   and   are   often   stigmatized  by  their  peers.  What  information  do  they  need  and  via  which  media?  Could  programs  offered  by   information   professionals   (e.g.   bibliotherapy)   help   them   to   cope   with   their   problems?   And   what   about   our   senior   population?   This   is   a   group   that   is   growing   in   numbers   each   year   and   as   more   and   more   health   and   government  information  is  migrated  to  the  Web,  seniors  are  forced  to  navigate  often  very  complex  websites  in   order  to  find  the  information  they  seek.  Even  if  they  do  have  prior  computer  experience,  it  is  likely  in  areas   specific  to  their  previous  jobs  and  not  useful  in  helping  them  in  a  web  context.     In  order  to  transform  lives,  we  need  to  ask  such  fundamental  questions  as:     • How  do  we  identify  the  areas  of  research  that  need  to  be  addressed—what  criteria  should  we  employ?     • What   types   of   methodologies   (i.e.   quantitative,   qualitative,   or   mixed)   are   appropriate   in   certain   contexts?     • How  important  is  intellectual  development  in  LIS  research  with  children  and  adolescents?  (Related  to   this  last  question  is  the  dilemma  of  lumping  together  infants  to  18-­‐year-­‐olds  into  the  broad  category,   ‘children’.)     We  as  researchers  can  make  an  impact  on  organizations  and/or  user  communities  and  designers  by  acting  as   mediators  between  these  two  entities.  We  can  help  the  users  and  designers  talk  the  same  language.  By  bringing   both  sides  together  in  a  collaborative  environment  we  can  work  together  to  design  systems  that  serve  users   well.   Bonded   Design,   a   methodology   for   designing   information   technologies   (specifically,   web   portals)   for   children   using   an   intergenerational   team   approach,   is   a   great   example   of   how   we   can   collaborate   to   design   systems  that  work.  I  hope  to  expand  on  the  Bonded  Design  methodology  (see  references  below)  and  use  it  in   different  contexts  with  different  user  groups  (e.g.  seniors)  to  explore  how  this  approach  can  make  a  difference.  I   hope  to  include  not  only  information  technology  designers  and  users  on  the  team,  but  also  experts  in  health  and   geriatric  issues.  It  is  in  these  collaborative  efforts  with  other  disciplines  that  we  will  move  research  forward  to   design  programs  and  systems  that  can  make  a  real  difference  to  people’s  lives.     Note:  References  available  online  at  SIG  USE  wiki.        
  • 35.   34       OH,  SANGHEE     School  of  Information  and  Library  Science,  UNC-­‐Chapel  Hill   Social  Q&A  as  a  New  Venue  for  Collaborative  Information  Seeking  and  Sharing     My  primary  interest  of  research  is  people  who  are  willing  to  share  the  information  they  have  or  information  they   find  with  others.  The  particular  context  that  I’m  investigating  is  social  Q&A  services,  which  allow  people  to  ask   and  answer  questions,  thus  sharing  information  and  social  support.     People  usually  consult  on  their  problems  with  their  family  members  or  friends.  However,  in  social  Q&A,  people   seek   solutions   from   those   who   have   similar   experiences   or   expertise   and   get   benefit   from   the   Wisdom   of   Crowds   (Surowiecki,   2004)1.   Thus,   the   relationship   between   people   and   information   should   be   redefined   by   their   capabilities   to   handle   information   and   evaluated   based   on   their   influence   on   others   in   relation   to   information   and   technology.   If   we   are   to   understand   social   Q&A   in   collaborative   environments,   we   need   to   pursue  a  number  of  research  questions,  such  as:     • What   are   the   motivations,   attitudes,   situations   and   strategies   of   people   when   they   collaborate   with   anonymous  others?     • How  do  topics,  genre  and  media  of  information  influence  the  collaboration?     • How  can  the  characteristics  of  people  and  information  be  reflected  in  improved  services?     The  main  emphasis  of  social  Q&A  designers  is  on  system  development.  Designers  believe  reputation  motivates   contributions,  so  they  facilitate  scoring  systems  that  allow  people  to  earn  points.  In  reality,  people  may  have   different  motivations  and  those  motivations  are  likely  to  influence  the  strategies  they  use  to  seek  and  share   information  and  social  support.  My  current  research  is  collecting  evidence  about  the  reality  of  social  Q&A,  and   eventually   will   contribute   not   only   to   improving   those   services,   but   also   to   encouraging   people   to   be   more   naturally  engaged  in  social  Q&A.     From   a   broader   perspective,   it   is   important   to   emphasize   that   collaborative   information   behavior   is   a   multidisciplinary  topic  of  research  and  to  ask  information  science  researchers,  as  well  as  researchers  in  other   disciplines,  to  participate  in  this  endeavor.  For  example,  I  have  a  special  interest  in  health  topics  in  social  Q&A.   My  findings  can  influence  our  understanding  of  people’s  real  life  health  problems  and  issues,  and  can  be  used  to   develop  medical  systems  that  provide  better  information  services.  Collaborating  on  this  research  with  scholars   in  health-­‐related  disciplines  will  increase  the  likelihood  that  the  findings  will  be  applied  to  the  development  of   health-­‐related  social  Q&A  services.    
  • 36.   35       OYARCE,  GUILLERMO  A.     College  of  Information,  University  of  North  Texas,  Denton,  Texas   Human  Information  Interaction  and  Implications  for  Design   Human-­‐Computer  Interaction  (HCI)  studies  the  different  factors  that  affect  the  system,  the  user  or  their  inter-­‐ relation.  The  literature  shows  no  major  interest  on  the  interaction  that  takes  place  between  the  user  and  the   actual  information  carried  by  interface.  For  the  most  part,  most  of  the  interaction  is  assumed  to  be  taking  place   between  the  user  and  the  interface.  I  have  taken  the  position  that  the  information  presented  to  the  user  via  the   interface  must  be  included  in  the  research  methodology,  or  be  the  object  of  research.   The  reasoning  goes  along  the  lines  that  the  interface  must  provide  the  user  with  access  to  two  separate  parts  of   the  information  system,  i.e.  the  operating  system  of  the  computer  technology,  and  the  application  that  is  being   used  as  suitable  tool  for  a  particular  task.  In  terms  of  communication,  one  channel  provides  separate  conduits   for  two  discrete  tasks.  There  is  data  to  be  used  and  supplied  by  pure  computer  processes,  but  there  is  also  data   that  is  provided  to  the  interface  and  by  the  interface  that  is  solely  for  human  consumption.  Any  productivity   software  shows  this  dichotomy,  but  the  implication  of  human-­‐information  interaction  (HII)  may  not  always  be   equally  critical  for  all  tasks.  A  family  of  tasks  that  may  be  particularly  affected  by  this  type  of  research  is  any  of   the  several  computer-­‐based  text  processing  tasks,  such  as  text  information  retrieval.  At  one  level,  the  user  must   be   literate   at   the   level   of   text   and   also   at   the   level   of   the   interaction   with   the   retrieval   processes,   such   as   particular  query  languages  or  information  rendering  tools.  The  data  itself  may  have  important  characteristics   emphasized  by  certain  tools  or  presentation  methods  and  de-­‐emphasized  by  others.   These  are  not  new  ideas,  but  in  this  position  paper  I  want  to  emphasize  that  as  HCI  has  something  to  contribute   to  the  design  of  interfaces,  the  role  of  the  information  being  transmitted  and  presented  to  users  must  also  be   included   for   software   design   at   the   level   of   system   integration.   Current   system   design   takes   information   for   granted,  as  the  quality  of  a  certain  entity  that  is  the  object  of  all  computer-­‐to-­‐computer  interactions  and  internal   processes.  This  definition  of  information  is  expanded  to  also  include  the  final  information  intended  for  the  user   when  it  should  not  be  so.   It  is  my  position  that  the  information  intended  for  the  user  must  remain  user-­‐bound  and  should  not  be  confused   with   other   types   of   information   frequently   lumped   together   in   professional   conversations.   One   of   these   examples  is  the  noted  Semantic  Web  that  has  confused  many  light  technology  readers  who  take  it  to  be  a  form   of  human  semantics  rather  than  data  semantics  alone.  On  the  other  side  of  the  coin,  one  could  envision  systems   that  can  implement  two  clearly  defined  domains:  One  where  computer  cycles  are  used  to  complete  tasks  at   which   computers   excel,   and   another   that   allows   users   to   interact   only   with   the   information.   The   envisioned   interface  would  separate  both  tasks  maximizing  the  user’s  interaction  with  the  system  and  with  the  information.  
  • 37.   36       PAUL,  ANINDITA   Doctoral  Candidate  School  of  Information  Science  and  Learning  Technologies  University  of  Missouri     Use  of  Web  Analytics  for  Collaborative  Information  Behavior  Research     My  research  is  on  understanding  the  use  of  web  analytics  to  identify  users’  activities  on  the  academic  library’s   website.  I  am  using  the  academic  library  as  a  context  when  trying  to  investigate  the  usefulness  of  web  analytics   for  them.  In  doing  so,  I  am  looking  at  the  various  analytics  metrics  and  its  usefulness  to  librarians.  Librarians   provide   services   that   satisfy   their   patron’s   information   needs.   Users   that   access   the   library’s   resources   and   services  through  its  website  carry  over  their  online  experience  to  the  library’s  website.  The  web  has  shaped   users   expectation   and   interaction   with   the   library’s   online   resources.   The   advanced   feature   of   the   web   has   enabled  users  to  collaborate.  Among  other  benefits,  increasing  convenience,  and  overcoming  time  and  resource   constraint   by   collaboration,   has   made   online   users   adopt   it   at   a   faster   rate.   Academic   libraries   need   to   acknowledge   their   users   developing   preferences   and   habits,   and   provide   them   with   services   that   meet   their   expectations.     Academic  libraries  have  started  responding  to  the  changing  information  environment  by  updating  their  online   system  for  efficient  user  access  to  information  services.  They  also  conduct  user  studies  at  regular  intervals  to   address   their   needs.   However,   doing   interviews   alone   does   not   provide   realistic   data   as   users   might   act   differently   then   what   they   say.   Analytics   provides   a   way   to   look   at   the   user   activities   through   its   different   metrics.  The  information  obtained  can  then  be  used  as  supplementary  data  to  conduct  more  qualitative  or  in-­‐ depth  studies.  Monitoring  usage  of  the  different  sections,  resources  and  content  elements  of  the  library  website   over  time  can  provide  insight  on  any  transforming  user  behavior  such  as  usage  of  catalogs  over  time,  changes  of   users’  access  habits  with  different  mediums  –  search  engine,  direct  or  referral  link  etc.     Web  analytics  has  been  mostly  used  by  businesses  for  increasing  their  RoI.  However,  because  of  its  success  in   the  commercial  sector  others  have  also  started  adopting  web  analytics  to  improve  their  online  systems  such  as   online   magazines   or   newspapers,   e-­‐learning   systems,   GIS   systems   etc.   However,   there   still   needs   to   be   a   redefinition  of  the  metrics  in  order  to  apply  to  the  different  contexts.  Further,  appropriate  definition  of  metrics   need  to  be  made  in  order  to  apply  to  the  web  2.0  environment.  The  interpretation  of  the  metrics  depends  upon   the  context  it  is  being  applied  to.  Since  not  many  studies  has  been  done  on  the  use  of  analytics  in  academic   libraries  or  non-­‐commercial  context,  a  major  challenge  lies  in  redefining  these  metrics  to  suit  the  purposes  of   the  library.  In  doing  so,  there  needs  to  be  identification  of  the  drawbacks  of  analytics  in  understanding  usage  in   the  respective  context.     Organizations  are  driven  by  their  missions  and  goals.  And  using  analytics  to  help  them  achieve  their  mission  can   impact  them.  Pilot  studies  that  show  organizations  the  apparent  value  that  lies  in  analytics,  helping  them  to   achieve  their  mission,  would  be  a  crucial  to  draw  their  attention.  As  analytics  has  been  widely  accepted  in  the   commercial  sector,  it  is  quite  likely  that  other  organizations  would  be  open  to  trying  its  worth  for  their  use,   though  it  still  needs  to  be  interpreted  to  serve  the  particular  organization’s  purpose.    
  • 38.   37       PHUWANARTNURAK,  AMMY  JIRANIDA     Information  School,  University  of  Washington   Collaborative  Information  Behavior:  Information  Sharing  across  Disciplinary  in  Design     My  research  interests  are  on  information  sharing  in  interdisciplinary  design  context.  Interdisciplinary  design  is   challenging,  in  large  measure,  because  of  the  difficulty  in  communicating  and  coordinating  across  disciplines.   Many   tools   have   been   developed   and   used   to   support   information   sharing   in   design,   and   the   use   of   WWW   technology  is  becoming  increasingly  important  for  the  sharing  of  information.  Wikis,  in  particular,  have  been   claimed  to  support  collaboration  and  information  sharing.  For  my  dissertation,  I  am  conducting  a  field  study  of   interdisciplinary   design   projects,   seeking   to   discover   how   wikis   enable   information   sharing   in   software   development  projects.  The  findings  will  expand  our  understanding  of  information  sharing  behavior  of  design   professionals.  It  will  also  provide  empirical  evidence  on  the  use  of  wikis  in  design  work,  which  will  be  used  to   develop  guidelines  on  the  effective  use  of  wikis  to  support  design  collaboration.     Information  sharing  is  a  great  example  of  collaborative  information  behavior.  The  focus  of  Information  Behavior   research  in  Information  Science  has  been  largely  on  information  seeking,  needs,  and  use,  while  little  attention  is   given   to   information   sharing.   Information   sharing   has   often   been   investigated   with   regard   to   information   seeking.  That  is,  information  sharing  occurs  as  part  of  or  a  consequence  of  information  seeking.  Information   sharing  has  been  a  subject  of  study  in  other  disciplines  than  information  behavior  although  they  focused  on   different  aspects  and  different  types  of  sharing.  Organization  studies  and  management  researchers  have  studied   information  sharing  as  part  of  knowledge  management  and  knowledge  sharing;  while  researchers  in  computer   supported   collaborative   work   (CSCW)   have   focused   on   collaborative   technologies   or   at   least   the   coupling   of   people   and   technologies   -­‐   how   technologies   are   or   could   be   used   to   support   information   sharing.   Thus,   my   dissertation  draws  on,  and  aims  to  contribute  to,  these  different  domains.     One  of  the  goals  of  my  dissertation  is  to  develop  guidelines  on  the  effective  use  of  wikis,  especially  adoption  and   evolving  use.  To  do  so,  I  chose  Cognitive  Work  Analysis  (Rasmussen  et  al.,  1994),  a  formative  approach,  which   focuses  on  identifying  how  the  system  could  behave  under  given  constraints.  The  study  will  reveal  technological   adoption   and   appropriation   practices,   and   in   turn   inform   how   wikis   could   be   designed   and   appropriated   to   support  information  sharing  across  disciplinary  boundaries  during  design  process.     While  doing  my  dissertation  on  wikis,  I  realize  that  Web  2.0  technologies  (e.g.,  wikis,  blogs,  facebook,  and  other   social   networking   sites)   allow   (perhaps   force?)   people   to   be   involved   in   more   and   more   collaborative   information  behaviors.  However,  they  are  still  carrying  on  their  own  individual  information  activities.  So,  how   can   we   efficiently   transition   between   individual   to   collaborative   activities?   When   and   how   does   personal   information  (often  a  result  of  individual  information  behaviors)  turn  into  group  information  or  vice  versa?     Reference     Rasmussen,  J.,  Pejtersen,  A.  M.,  &  Goodstein,  L.  P.  (1994).  Cognitive  systems  engineering.  New  York:  Wiley.    
  • 39.   38       REED,  KATHLEEN     University  of  Alberta     As  a  researcher  just  starting  out  in  the  field,  I  see  one  of  the  main  priorities  for  information  behaviour  research   as   exploring   how   information   behaviour   works   in   various   intercultural   settings.   My   current   MLIS/MA   (Humanities  Computing)  work  explores  how  the  social  identities  of  volunteer  tourists  affect  their  information   behaviour  while  they  are  abroad.  Numerous  scholars  have  explored  the  idea  of  a  third-­‐space  or  liminoid  state   (Selstad   2007;   Hottola   2005;   Selänniemi   1996,   2000;   Bhabha   1994),   a   position   in   which   people   are   neither   completely  within  their  home  culture  nor  of  that  of  the  host  culture.  In  this  third-­‐space,  in  which  “moral  codes   of  everyday  life  are  not  valid,  place  and  time  lose  their  meaning  and  tourists’  behaviour  may  differ  significantly   from   their   behaviour   at   home,”   there   exists   a   rich   opportunity   to   study   how   volunteer   tourists   are   socially   positioned  (Selänniemi  1996,  194-­‐200).  Interviews  and  participant  observation  with  volunteers  at  a  Thai  non-­‐ governmental  organization  allow  me  to  study  how  old  and  comfortable  social  identities  mix  with  new  and  often   transitory  identities  to  affect  information  behaviours.  At  a  theoretical  level,  this  research  will  contribute  to  the   development  of  information  behaviour  theory  related  to  intercultural  and  culturally-­‐confusing  experiences.  At  a   practical  level,  non-­‐governmental  organizations  will  be  assisted  in  determining  how  to  best  aid  volunteers  when   it  comes  to  distributing  information,  consequently  preparing  workers  for  success  in  the  field.     A  driving  force  behind  my  research  is  the  desire  to  publish  not  only  in  the  academic  world,  but  create  jargon-­‐ free,  easy  to  read  documents  for  the  general  public.  In  addition  to  academic  works,  I  plan  on  publishing  all  my   research   findings   on   my   personal   website,   available   under   Creative   Commons   licensing.   Especially   as   the   Internet   makes   distributing   information   globally   fairly   easy,   I   feel   it   critical   that   for   information   behaviour   research  to  remain  relevant  to  the  public,  it  needs  to  be  accessible.     References     Bhabha,  Homi  K.  1994.  The  location  of  culture.  New  York:  Routledge.     Hottola,   Petri.   2005.   The   metaspatialities   of   control   management   in   tourism:   Backpacking   in   India.   Tourism   Geographies  7  (1):  1-­‐22.     Selänniemi,   Tom.   1996.   Matka   ikuiseen   kesään:   Kulttuuriantropologinen   näkökulma   suomalaisten   etelänmatkailuun.  Helsinki:  SKS.     Selänniemi,  Tom.  2001.  Pale  skin  on  Playa  del  Anywhere:  Finnish  tourists  in  the  liminoid  south.  In  Hosts  and   Guests  Revisited:  Tourism  Issues  of  the  21st  Century,  eds.  V.L.  Smith  and  M.  Brent,  80-­‐92.  New  York:  Cognizant   Communications  Corporation.     Selstad,  Leif.  2007.  The  social  anthropology  of  the  tourist  experience:  Exploring  the  ‘middle  role.’  Scandinavian   Journal  of  Hospitality  and  Tourism  7  (1):  19-­‐33.    
  • 40.   39       DE  RICHEMOND,  JEANETTE   PhD  Candidate,  School  of  Communication  and  Information,  Rutgers  University     Questions  for  Collaborative  Information  Behavior  Research     Research   into   personalization   of   interaction   with   information   systems   (Belkin,   2009)   reveals   possibilities   for   having  information  delivered  to  users  that  provides  them  with  information  tailored  to  their  interests,  work  tasks,   preferences,  contexts,  and  problematic  situations.     Readily  available  and  tailored  information  may  significantly  impact  on  the  process  of  problem  solving.  It  seems   important  to  study  how  changes  in  information  retrieval  and  delivery  may  change  interactions  with  information,   and,  therefore,  change  how  people  use  information.     Research  should  consider  execution  and  implications  of  creating  a  transformative  relationship  between  people   and  information.  A  transformative  relationship  requires  information  that  sparks  new  ideas,  that  jolts  the  brain.   My  thought  is  that  creativity  is  a  new  juxtaposition  of  concepts.  To  develop  new  ideas,  it  is  necessary  to  provide   information  that  serves  as  a  catalyst.  A  “digital  library  must  stimulate  curiosity  and  encourage  exploration  so   that  user  may  make  opportune  discoveries”  (Toms,  2000).  The  question,  therefore,  is  how  might  a  personalized   information   assistant   provide   surprising   and/or   random   information?   The   system,   which   “learns”   the   user’s   comfort  zone,  also  must  “learn”  how  to  take  the  user  out  of  his/her  comfort  zone.     To   make   an   impact,   it   is   important   to   participate   in   projects   and   organizations   where   we   can   show   the   significance   of   our   contributions,   such   as   Design   for   Care,   which   brings   methods   and   results   found   effective   across  healthcare  contexts  to  designers  in  all  situations  (Design  for  Care,  2009).     We  should  partner  with  people  in  other  areas  to  conduct  interdisciplinary  research.  My  dissertation  research   (information  science  and  medicine)  focuses  on  the  effective  use  of  medical  information,  one  of  the  Agency  of   Healthcare  Quality  and  Research’s  goals.  (Agency  for  Healthcare  Quality  and  Research,  2009).     My  research  focus  is  the  assessment  of  “enough,”  specifically  “enough”  information  to  make  a  clinical  decision.   My  theory  is  that  “enough”  facilitates  making  a  decision  or  taking  action.  Determination  of  enough  changes  how   physicians  interact  with  information.     References     Agency   for   Healthcare   Quality   and   Research   (2009).   Retrieved   on   September   25,   2009   from   http://grants.nih.gov/grants/guide/notice-­‐files/NOT-­‐HS-­‐08-­‐014.html.     Belkin,   N.   (2009).   Personalizing   Support   for   Interaction   with   Information.   The   New   Jersey   Chapter   of   the   American   Society   for   Information   Science   &   Technology   (NJ/ASIS&T)   Distinguished   Lectureship   Award.   September  25,  2009.     Design  for  Care  (2009).  Retrieved  on  September  25,  2009  from  http://designforcare.ning.com/.     Toms,   E.G.   (2000a).   Serendipitous   information   retrieval.   In   First   DELOS   workshop   “Information   seeking,   searching  and  querying  in  digital  libraries”  December  11–12,  2000,  Zurich,  Switzerland  (pp.  17–20).    
  • 41.   40       RUBENSTEIN,  ELLEN     Graduate  School  of  Library  and  Information  Science,  University  of  Illinois     Dimensions  of  Information  Exchange  in  an  Online  Breast  Cancer  Support  Group     Within  the  last  10-­‐15  years,  online  health  communities  have  created  new  options  for  people  seeking  information   about  health  issues  and  illness.  While  research  has  shown  that  having  supportive  social  networks  impacts  health   and  coping  outcomes  in  positive  ways,  few  studies  have  examined  how  or  why  online  support  group  networks   facilitate  the  process  of  managing  illness.  Studies  of  online  breast  cancer  support  groups  have  reported  positive   emotional  outcomes  for  participants,  primarily  citing  the  emotional  support  and  exchanges  of  information  that   women  engage  with  through  these  communities.  These  studies  have  also  discussed  reduced  depression,  less   anxiety,  and  improved  social  interactions;  however,  none  have  analyzed  these  support  groups  to  the  extent  of   obtaining  a  full,  multi-­‐faceted  understanding  of  the  factors  that  contribute  to  the  success  of  these  groups.     I   am   currently   working   on   an   ethnographic   study   of   an   online   breast   cancer   support   group   based   on   the   following  research  questions:     • What  is  the  role  of  online  social  support  for  people  dealing  with  illness?     • Does  participation  in  an  online  support  group  focused  on  breast  cancer  influence  health  decisions  and   practices  of  its  members,  and,  if  so,  how?     Issues  and  questions  related  to  these  overarching  questions  include:     a)  why  people  seek  online  help  for  breast  cancer;     b)  how  being  part  of  an  online  groups  helps  people  navigate  through  illness;     c)  what  kinds  of  information  and  social  support  exchanges  occur;     d)  what  factors  influence  how  actively  individuals  participate;     e)  what  the  meaning  of  the  group  is  in  relation  to  participants’  daily  lives  and  for  the  long  term.     We  do  not  know  how  these  groups  function  in  terms  of  the  value  of  the  information  obtained  with  respect  to   health  decisions,  nor  how  they  are  integrated  into  participants’  everyday  lives.  By  doing  a  study  that  combines   participant-­‐observation   with   archives   analysis   and   interviews,   I   will   be   able   to   gain   a   multi-­‐faceted   understanding   of   how   such   a   group   facilitates   information   exchange,   how   it   meets   the   diverse   needs   of   participants,  what  kinds  of  interactions  occur  and  are  most  valuable,  and,  most  importantly,  what  the  meaning   of  the  group  is  for  its  members.      
  • 42.   41       SHARIFABADI,  SAEED  R.     Ph.D  graduate,  the  University  of  New  South  Wales  (Sydney,  Australia)  Associate  Professor,  Department  of  Library   &  Information  Science,  Alzahra  University  (Tehran,  Iran)  Visiting  Professor,  the  School  of  Library,  Archival  and   Information  Studies,  the  University  of  British  Columbia  (Vancouver,  Canada)   Effects  of  the  Internet  on  Research  Activities,  Information  Seeking  and  Communication  Behaviour  of   Australian  Academic  Psychologists       Findings  of  the  study  suggest  that  psychologists  use  the  Internet  extensively  for  their  academic  activities.  They   perceive  that  the  Internet  is  affecting  their  approach  to  the  research  process.  The  Internet  helps  psychologists  to   keep  up-­‐to  date  with  recent  developments  in  their  areas  of  interest.  Many  psychologists  claimed  that  they  had   wider  and  more  frequent  communication  with  colleagues  and  collaborators  which  led  them  to  new  directions  in   research.  Psychologist's  research  activities  had  also  been  influenced  by  access  to  online  information  systems  and   data-­‐bases  accessible  via  the  internet.  Psychologists  reported  that  increased  access  to  resources,  quicker  and   easier  communication  with  colleagues  and  searching  for  information  influenced  the  quality  of  their  research  as   well   as   the   quantity   of   their   publications.   Two   other   types   of   behavioral   changes   emerged   from   this   investigation.   They   were   changes   in   psychologists'   use   of   information   sources   and   changes   in   information   dissemination.   Although   journals   remain   by   far   the   most   important   source   of   information   and   the   primary   means   of   formal   communication   among   academics   under   investigation,   many   psychologists   mentioned   that   they  use  e-­‐mail  and  electronic  discussion  groups  in  keeping  up  to  date,  followed  by  newer  Internet  services  such   World  Wide  Web.  Attendance  at  meetings  seems  no  longer  a  priority  for  obtaining  information,  as  was  the  case   in  American  Psychological  Association  (APA)  studies  in  1960s.  Electronic  publishing  of  articles  via  the  Internet   especially   posting   their   own   papers   to   web   sites,   was   also   a   growing   practice   among   psychologists.   Many   psychologists   also   used   the   Internet   for   circulation   of   preprints,   submission   of   papers   to   publishers   and   conferences,  requesting  reprints  from  other  authors,  sending  requested  reprints,  reviewing  manuscripts  sent  by   publishers   and   editing   manuscripts   sent   via   the   Internet   by   other   people.   The   implications   of   this   study   for   Internet  development,  user  training,  and  further  research  are  explored.        
  • 43.   42       STUTZMAN,  FRED   School  of  Information  and  Library  Science,  UNC-­‐Chapel  Hill   Social  Network  Sites  and  Information  Seeking  During  a  Life  Transition     Over  the  life  course,  an  individual  engages  in  a  series  of  transitions  that  shape  them  personally  and  in  the  eye  of   society   (Elder,   1998).   Common   transitions   include   developmental   transitions   and   health-­‐related   transitions;   other  transitions,  including  role  transitions  and  social/legal  transitions  are  comprised  of  a  series  of  transitions  or   life  events  (Arnett,  2001;  George,  1993).  In  general,  a  transition  can  be  theorized  as  an  interruption,  in  which   one's  schema,  or  sense  of  understanding  of  the  world,  is  interrupted  and  new  informational  discrepancies  are   revealed  (Mandler,  1990).     I  am  interested  in  how  individuals  use  social  network  sites  for  information  seeking  during  a  life  transition.  The   particular   context   of   my   study   is   the   high   school-­‐to-­‐college   transition,   a   multi-­‐   modal   transition   generally   involving   relocation,   role   change,   and   social   network   renegotiation.   Utilized   extensively   by   college   students,   social   network   sites   are   web-­‐based   systems   that   enable   individuals   to   construct   a   profile,   articulate   a   list   of   networked   connections,   and   “view   and   traverse”   this   list   of   connections   (boyd   and   Ellison,   2007).   For   an   in-­‐ transition   population,   the   social   network   site   enables   sensemaking   in   the   new   surrounds;   users   draw   on   network-­‐based  resources  for  social  and  collaborative  information  seeking.     Utilizing   a   mixed-­‐methods   approach,   my   study   investigates   determinants   of   network   participation   during   a   transition,   it   evaluates   supportive   outcomes   of   participation,   and   it   elaborates   the   process   of   information   seeking  in  a  network-­‐mediated  setting.  I  would  like  to  focus  on  my  third  research  goal  at  the  symposium.  I  am   interested   in   the   construction   of   information   practice   in   a   social   network   site:   The   social   and   collaborative   process  through  which  in-­‐transition  individuals  address  information  needs,  how  these  needs  inform  disclosure   decisions,  and  how  information  provisioned  addresses  the  “everyday  life”  information  needs  of  the  in-­‐  transition   population  (Savolainen,  1995).     References     Arnett,  J.  J.  (2001).  Conceptions  of  the  Transition  to  Adulthood:  Perspectives  From  Adolescence  Through  Midlife.   Journal  of  Adult  Development,  8(2),  133-­‐143.     Boyd,  d.  and  Ellison,  N.  B.  (2007).  Social  Network  Sites:  Definition,  History,  and  Scholarship.  Journal  of  Computer-­‐ Mediated  Communication,  13(1).     Elder,  G.  H.  (1998).  The  Life  Course  as  Developmental  Theory.  Child  Development,  69(1),  1-­‐12.     George,  L.  K.  (1993).  Sociological  Perspectives  on  Life  Transitions.  Annual  Review  of  Sociology,  19(1),  353-­‐373.     Mandler,  G.  (1990).  Interruption  (Discrepancy)  Theory:  Review  and  Extensions.  In  Fisher,  S.  and  Cooper,  C.  L.   (Eds.),  On  the  Move:  The  Psychology  of  Change  and  Transition  (pp.13-­‐33).  Chichester:  Wiley.     Savolainen,  R.  (1995).  Everyday  life  information  seeking:  Approaching  information  seeking  in  the  context  of  "way   of  life".  Library  &  Information  Science  Research,  17(3),  259-­‐294.  
  • 44.   43       WILLSON,  REBEKAH     Mount  Royal  University  Library     As  a  practitioner  in  the  field  of  LIS  my  concern  is  to  prepare  post-­‐secondary  students  to  seek,  retrieve,  evaluate   and   use   information   effectively   and   efficiently.   I   typically   teach   students   how   to   perform   these   information   activities  individually,  however  some  academic  programs  have  begun  to  require  more  student  collaboration  on   projects  and  research.  As  many  activities  in  the  workplace  require  collaboration,  teaching  students  collaborative   information  seeking  and  sharing  can  be  an  asset.  Working  with  students  who  have  collaborative  information   needs,  I  am  interested  in  how  to  facilitate  groups’  information  seeking  and  sharing  –  how  to  support  students  in   the  roles  they  will  take  during  their  collaboration.  I  am  also  interested  in  how  technology  can  be  used  to  support   collaborative   information   seeking   and   sharing   –   how   to   adapt   current   technology   that   is   often   intended   for   single  users  to  work  for  group  information  sharing.     As   a   researcher   in   the   field   of   LIS   my   area   of   interest   is   in   information   behaviour,   particularly   examining   information  behaviour  using  mixed  methods.  I  have  studied  how  university  students  search  for  information  with   which   they   may   have   little   previous   experience,   particularly   when   searching   OPACs.   This   type   of   research   provides  an  opportunity  to  study  how  students  engage  in  a  variety  of  strategies  to  address  issues  such  as  search   term   spelling,   query   formulation   and   search   strategy   implementation.   Collaborative   information   seeking   and   sharing  adds  a  social  dimension  to  the  already  multiple  aspects  of  information  behaviour,  as  well  as  complicates   the   human   computer   interaction   as   many   technologies   are   typically   designed   for   individual   users.   I   am   interested   in   whether   strategy   use   changes   during   collaborative   information   seeking,   how   groups   use   technology  to  seek  information  and  how  decisions  are  made  about  whether  the  information  retrieved  satisfies   the  information  need  of  the  group.      
  • 45.   44       VEINOT,  TIFFANY   University  of  Michigan     Individualistic   models   of   information   behavior   seem   insufficient   in   a   world   where   half   of   all   health-­‐related   Internet  searches  are  conducted  on  behalf  of  others,  and  where  two  thirds  of  people  who  search  for  health   information   on   the   Internet   discuss   the   information   they   find   with   someone   else   (Fox,   2009).   And   while   collaborative   information   behavior   research   could   potentially   offer   insight   into   the   social   nature   of   health   information  behavior,  the  majority  of  scholarship  in  the  field  has  focused  on  workplace  and  scholarly  contexts   (Talja   &   Hansen,   2006).   However,   findings   of   my   recent   research   suggest   that   everyday   life   collaborative   information  behavior  may  be  more  voluntary,  loosely  coordinated  and  emotionally  rich  than  has  been  described   in  previous  workplace-­‐based  research  (Veinot,  2009).  Accordingly,  as  with  information  behavior  research  more   broadly,   I   would   stress   that   there   is   a   need   to   focus   on   the   unique   properties   of   collaborative   information   behavior  in  everyday  life.     Accordingly,  my  interest  in  collaborative  information  seeking  and  sharing  largely  coalesces  around  everyday  life   experiences,  especially  in  an  illness  context.  This  is  a  promising  area  because  serious  illness  does  not  affect  only   the  ill  person,  but  also  has  important  consequences  for  his  or  her  loved  ones  (Cutrona  &  Gardner,  2006;  Elliott  &   Shewchuk,  2004).  Indeed,  as  my  recent  research  regarding  information  exchange  regarding  HIV/AIDS  in  rural   Canada   showed,   people   living   with   HIV/AIDS   (PHAs)   and   their   friends   and   family   members   experience   the   disease  together,  and  often  respond  to  it  collaboratively.  And  in  the  context  of  this  collaborative  response,  rural   dwellers  affected  by  HIV/AIDS  obtained  information  from  each  other  through  five  interactive  processes:  joint   seeking,  tag-­‐team  seeking,  exposure,  opportunity  and  legitimation  (Veinot,  2009).     Building   on   my   previous   research,   I   consider   two   main   aspects   of   everyday   life   collaborative   information   behavior  to  be  of  particular  interest  for  future  inquiry.  First,  I  am  interested  in  peer-­‐based  information  seeking   and  sharing  among  people  who  share  a  health  condition  –  in  particular,  the  nature  of  peer-­‐based  knowledge  and   the  ways  in  which  it  is  produced  and  exchanged  by  peers.  As  a  part  of  this  interest,  I  am  studying  peer  mentoring   among   people   with   chronic   kidney   disease   in   a   collaborative   study   with   the   National   Kidney   Foundation   of   Michigan.  Second,  I  am  piloting  a  study  this  fall  which  investigates  how  families  respond  as  a  group  to  illness  in   their  midst,  and  how  they  manage  and  exchange  information  as  a  part  of  family-­‐based  care.  I  am  excited  to   pursue  research  in  this  area,  and  look  forward  to  dialogue  with  other  researchers  in  this  field.     References     Cutrona,  C.  E.,  &  Gardner,  K.  A.  (Eds.).  (2006).  Stress  in  Couples:  The  Process  of  Dyadic  Coping.  New  York,  NY,US:   Cambridge  University  Press.     Elliott,  T.  R.,  &  Shewchuk,  R.  M.  (Eds.).  (2004).  Family  adaptation  in  illness,  disease,  and  disability.  Washington,   DC,US:  American  Psychological  Association.     Fox,   S.   (2009).   The   Social   Life   of   Health   Information   Retrieved   September   14,   2009,   from   http://www.pewinternet.org/Reports/2009/8-­‐The-­‐Social-­‐Life-­‐of-­‐Health-­‐Information.aspx     Talja,   S.,   &   Hansen,   P.   (2006).   Information   Sharing.   In   A.   Spink   &   C.   Cole   (Eds.),   New   Directions   in   Human   Information  Behavior  (pp.  113-­‐134).  Dordrecht:  Springer.     Veinot,  T.  C.  (2009).  Interactive  acquisition  and  sharing:  Understanding  the  dynamics  of  HIV/AIDS  information   networks.  Journal  of  the  American  Society  for  Information  Science  and  Technology,  In  press.